Mitsubishi Electric CITY MULTI P1016V-E Specifications

Mitsubishi Electric CITY MULTI P1016V-E Specifications
AIR CONDITIONERS CITY MULTI
Models
PUHY-200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
PUHY-P200YMF-C, P250YMF-C
PUY-200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
PUY-P200YMF-C, P250YMF-C
PURY-200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
PURY-P200YMF-C, P250YMF-C
CMB-P104, P105, P106, P108, P1010, P1013, P1016V-E
Service Handbook
Contents
1
PRECAUTIONS FOR DEVICES THAT USE R407C REFRIGERANT .... 3
[1] Storage of Piping Material ................................................................. 4
[2] Piping Machining ............................................................................... 5
[3] Necessary Apparatus and Materials and Notes on Their Handling .. 6
[4] Brazing .............................................................................................. 7
[5] Airtightness Test ................................................................................ 8
[6] Vacuuming ........................................................................................ 8
[7] Charging of Refrigerant ..................................................................... 9
[8] Dryer ................................................................................................. 9
2
COMPONENT OF EQUIPMENT ........................................................... 10
[1] Appearance of Components ........................................................... 10
[2] Refrigerant Circuit Diagram and Thermal Sensor ........................... 18
[3] Electrical Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 24
[4] Standard Operation Data ................................................................ 33
[5] Function of Dip SW and Rotary SW ................................................ 41
3
TEST RUN ............................................................................................. 47
[1] Before Test Run .............................................................................. 47
[2] Test Run Method ............................................................................. 51
4
GROUPING REGISTRATION OF INDOOR UNITS WITH REMOTE
CONTROLLER ....................................................................................... 52
5
CONTROL .............................................................................................. 58
[1] Control of Outdoor Unit ................................................................... 58
[2] Control of BC Controller .................................................................. 63
[3] Operation Flow Chart ...................................................................... 64
[4] List of Major Component Functions ................................................ 70
[5] Resistance of Temperature Sensor ................................................. 73
6
REFRIGERANT AMOUNT ADJUSTMENT ............................................ 74
[1] Refrigerant Amount and Operating Characteristics ........................ 74
[2] Adjustment and Judgement of Refrigerant Amount ........................ 74
7
TROUBLESHOOTING ........................................................................... 84
[1] Principal Parts ................................................................................. 84
[2] BC Controller Disassembly Procedure .......................................... 113
[3] Self-diagnosis and Countermeasures Depending on the Check
Code Displayed .............................................................................. 119
[4] LED Monitor Display ..................................................................... 142
8
PREPARATION, REPAIRS AND REFRIGERANT REFILLING WHEN
REPAIRING LEAKS ............................................................................. 161
[1] Location of leaks: Extension piping or indoor units (when cooling) 161
[4] Location of leaks: Outdoor unit (when heating) ............................ 163
9 CHECK THE COMPOSITION OF THE REFRIGERANT
(PURY-P200·250YMF-C only) ................................................................ 164
–1–
Safety precautions
Before installation and electric work
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
Before installing the unit, make sure you read all
the “Safety precautions”.
The “Safety precautions” provide very important
points regarding safety. Make sure you follow
them.
This equipment may not be applicable to
EN61000-3-2: 1995 and EN61000-3-3: 1995.
This equipment may have an adverse effect on
equipment on the same electrical supply system.
Please report to or take consent by the supply
authority before connection to the system.
Symbols used in the text
Warning:
Describes precautions that should be observed to
prevent danger of injury or death to the user.
Caution:
Describes precautions that should be observed to
prevent damage to the unit.
Symbols used in the illustrations
: Indicates an action that must be avoided.
: Indicates that important instructions must be followed.
: Indicates a part which must be grounded.
: Beware of electric shock (This symbol is displayed on the
main unit label.) <Color: Yellow>
Warning:
Carefully read the labels affixed to the main unit.
Warning:
• Use the specified cables for wiring. Make the connections
securely so that the outside force of the cable is not
applied to the terminals.
- Inadequate connection and fastening may generate heat and
cause a fire.
• Have all electric work done by a licensed electrician
according to “Electric Facility Engineering Standard” and
“Interior Wire Regulations”and the instructions given in
this manual and always use a special circuit.
- If the power source capacity is inadequate or electric work is
performed improperly, electric shock and fire may result.
• Securely install the cover of control box and the panel.
- If the cover and panel are not installed properly, dust or water
may enter the outdoor unit and fire or electric shock may
result.
• After completing service work, make sure that refrigerant
gas is not leaking.
- If the refrigerant gas leaks and is exposed to a fan heater,
stove, oven, or other heat source, it may generate noxious
gases.
• Do not reconstruct or change the settings of the protection
devices.
- If the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection
device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than
those specified by Mitsubishi Electric are used, fire or
explosion may result.
–2–
1 PRECAUTIONS FOR DEVICES THAT USE R407C REFRIGERANT
Caution
Do not use the existing refrigerant piping.
Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve.
•
•
The old refrigerant and refrigerator oil in the existing
piping contains a large amount of chlorine which may
cause the refrigerator oil of the new unit to deteriorate.
Do not use the following tools that have been used
with conventional refrigerants.
(Gauge manifold, charge hose, gas leak detector, reverse flow check valve, refrigerant charge base,
vacuum gauge, refrigerant recovery equipment)
Use refrigerant piping made of phosphorus deoxidized copper and copper alloy seamless pipes and
tubes”. In addition, be sure that the inner and outer
surfaces of the pipes are clean and free of hazardous
sulphur, oxides, dust/dirt, shaving particles, oils,
moisture, or any other contaminant.
•
•
If the conventional refrigerant and refrigerator oil are
mixed in the R407C, the refrigerant may deteriorated.
• If water is mixed in the R407C, the refrigerator oil
may deteriorate.
• Since R407C does not contain any chlorine, gas
leak detectors for conventional refrigerants will not
react to it.
Contaminants on the inside of the refrigerant piping
may cause the refrigerant residual oil to deteriorate.
Store the piping to be used during installation indoors
and keep both ends of the piping sealed until just
before brazing. (Store elbows and other joints in a
plastic bag.)
•
The vacuum pump oil may flow back into the refrigerant cycle and cause the refrigerator oil to deteriorate.
Do not use a charging cylinder.
•
If dust, dirt, or water enters the refrigerant cycle,
deterioration of the oil and compressor trouble may
result.
Using a charging cylinder may cause the refrigerant
to deteriorate.
Be especially careful when managing the tools.
Use ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene (small
amount) as the refrigerator oil to coat flares and
flange connections.
•
•
If the refrigerant leaks, recover the refrigerant in the
refrigerant cycle, then recharge the cycle with the
specified amount of the liquid refrigerant indicated
on the air conditioner.
The refrigerator oil will degrade if it is mixed with a
large amount of mineral oil.
If dust, dirt, or water gets in the refrigerant cycle, the
refrigerant may deteriorate.
Use liquid refrigerant to seal the system.
•
•
If gas refrigerant is used to seal the system, the composition of the refrigerant in the cylinder will change
and performance may drop.
Do not use a refrigerant other than R407C.
•
If another refrigerant (R22, etc.) is used, the chlorine
in the refrigerant may cause the refrigerator oil to deteriorate.
–3–
Since R407C is a nonazeotropic refrigerant, if additionally charged when the refrigerant leaked, the composition of the refrigerant in the refrigerant cycle will
change and result in a drop in performance or abnormal stopping.
[1] Storage of Piping Material
(1) Storage location
Store the pipes to be used indoors. (Warehouse at site or owner’s warehouse)
Storing them outdoors may cause dirt, waste, or water to infiltrate.
(2) Pipe sealing before storage
Both ends of the pipes should be sealed until immediately before brazing.
Wrap elbows and T’s in plastic bags for storage.
* The new refrigerator oil is 10 times more hygroscopic than the conventional refrigerator oil (such as Suniso). Water
infiltration in the refrigerant circuit may deteriorate the oil or cause a compressor failure. Piping materials must be
stored with more care than with the conventional refrigerant pipes.
–4–
[2] Piping Machining
Use ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene (small amount) as the refrigerator oil to coat flares and flange connections.
Use only the necessary minimum quantity of oil !
Reason :
1. The refrigerator oil used for the equipment is highly hygroscopic and may introduce water inside.
Notes :
• Introducing a great quantity of mineral oil into the refrigerant circuit may also cause a compressor failure.
• Do not use oils other than ester oil, ether oil or alkylbenzene.
–5–
[3] Necessary Apparatus and Materials and Notes on Their Handling
The following tools should be marked as dedicated tools for R407C.
<<Comparison of apparatus and materials used for R407C and for R22>>
Apparatus Used
Use
R22
Gauge manifold
Charging hose
Charging cylinder
Gas leakage detector
Refrigerant collector
Refrigerant cylinder
Evacuating, refrigerant filling
Operation check
Refrigerant charging
Gas leakage check
Refrigerant collection
Refrigerant filling
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
R22
R22
Vacuum pump
Vacuum drying
Current product
Vacuum pump with a check valve
Flare tool
Bender
Application oil
Flaring of pipes
Bending of pipes
Applied to flared parts
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
Welder and nitrogen cylinder
Refrigerant charging meter
Vacuum gauge
Tightening of flare nuts
Cutting of pipes
Welding of pipes
Refrigerant charging
Checking the vacuum degree
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
Current product
Symbols :
To be used for R407C only.
R407C
Do not use.
Shared with R134a
For R407C use only
Identification of dedicated use for R407C
: Record refrigerant
name and put brown
belt on upper part of
cylinder.
Can be used by
attaching an adapter
with a check valve.
Ester oil or Ether oil or
Alkybenzene (Small
amount)
Can also be used for conventional refrigerants.
Tools for R407C must be handled with more care than those for conventional refrigerants. They must not come into contact
with any water or dirt.
–6–
[4] Brazing
No changes from the conventional method, but special care is required so that foreign matter (ie. oxide scale, water, dirt,
etc.) does not enter the refrigerant circuit.
Example : Inner state of brazed section
When non-oxide brazing was not used
When non-oxide brazing was used
Items to be strictly observed :
1. Do not conduct refrigerant piping work outdoors on a rainy day.
2. Apply non-oxide brazing.
3. Use a brazing material (Bcup-3) which requires no flux when brazing between copper pipes or between a copper pipe
and copper coupling.
4. If installed refrigerant pipes are not immediately connected to the equipment, then braze and seal both ends of them.
Reasons :
1. The new refrigerant oil is 10 times more hygroscopic than the conventional oil. The probability of a machine failure if
water infiltrates is higher than with conventional refrigerant oil.
2. A flux generally contains chlorine. A residual flux in the refrigerant circuit may generate sludge.
Note :
• Commercially available antioxidants may have adverse effects on the equipment due to its residue, etc. When
applying non-oxide brazing, use nitrogen.
–7–
[5] Airtightness Test
No changes from the conventional method. Note that a refrigerant leakage detector for R22 cannot detect R407C
leakage.
Halide torch
R22 leakage detector
Items to be strictly observed :
1. Pressurize the equipment with nitrogen up to the design pressure and then judge the equipment’s airtightness, taking
temperature variations into account.
2. When investigating leakage locations using a refrigerant, be sure to use R407C.
3. Ensure that R407C is in a liquid state when charging.
Reasons :
1. Use of oxygen as the pressurized gas may cause an explosion.
2. Charging with R407C gas will lead the composition of the remaining refrigerant in the cylinder to change and this
refrigerant can then not be used.
Note :
• A leakage detector for R407C is sold commercially and it should be purchased.
[6]
Vacuuming
1. Vacuum pump with check valve
A vacuum pump with a check valve is required to prevent the vacuum pump oil from flowing back into the refrigerant
circuit when the vacuum pump power is turned off (power failure).
It is also possible to attach a check valve to the actual vacuum pump afterwards.
2. Standard degree of vacuum for the vacuum pump
Use a pump which reaches 0.5 Torr (500 MICRON) or below after 5 minutes of operation.
In addition, be sure to use a vacuum pump that has been properly maintained and oiled using the specified oil. If the
vacuum pump is not properly maintained, the degree of vacuum may be too low.
3. Required accuracy of the vacuum gauge
Use a vacuum gauge that can measure up to 5 Torr. Do not use a general gauge manifold since it cannot measure a
vacuum of 5 Torr.
4. Evacuating time
• Evacuate the equipment for 1 hour after –755 mmHg (5 Torr) has been reached.
• After envacuating, leave the equipment for 1 hour and make sure the that vacuum is not lost.
5. Operating procedure when the vacuum pump is stopped
In order to prevent a backflow of the vacuum pump oil, open the relief valve on the vacuum pump side or loosen the
charge hose to drawn in air before stopping operation.
The same operating procedure should be used when using a vacuum pump with a check valve.
–8–
[7] Charging of Refrigerant
R407C must be in a liquid state when charging, because it is a non-azeotropic refrigerant.
For a cylinder with a syphon attached
For a cylinder without a syphon attached
Cylinder
Cylinder
Cylinder color identification
R407C-Gray
R410A-Pink
Charged with liquid refrigerant
Valve
Valve
Liquid
Liquid
Reasons :
1. R407C is a mixture of 3 refrigerants, each with a different evaporation temperature. Therefore, if the equipment is
charged with R407C gas, then the refrigerant whose evaporation temperature is closest to the outside temperature is
charged first while the rest of refrigerants remain in the cylinder.
Note :
• In the case of a cylinder with a syphon, liquid R407C is charged without turning the cylinder up side down. Check the
type of cylinder before charging.
[8] Dryer
1. Replace the dryer when the refrigerant circuit is opened (Ex. Change the compressor, full gas leakage). Be sure to
replace the dryer with a CITY MULTI Series Y (For use with R407C).
If any other product is used, the unit will be damaged.
2. Opening the refrigerant circuit after changing to a new dryer is less than 1 hour. The replacement of the dryer should
be the last operation performed.
–9–
2 COMPONENT OF EQUIPMENT
[1] Appearance of Components
Outdoor unit
• PU(H)Y-(P)200, 250YMF-C
Propeller fan
Fan motor
Heatexchanger(rear)
Heatexchanger(front)
Control Box
Compressor
PUHY-YMF-C
4–way valve
PUY-P-YMF-C
SCC
SCC
Accumulator
Drier
Compressor
Compressor
–10–
Accumulator
• PURY-P200·250YMF-C
Propeller fan
Fan motor
Heat exchanger(rear)
Heat exchanger(front)
Control box
Compressor
PURY-YMF-C
SV block
Accumulator
CS circuit
4–way valve
SV3 SV4 SV5 SV6
SV block
SV3
SV4 SV5 SV6
4–way valve
PURY-P-YMF-C
CV block
Drier
CV block
Compressor
Compressor
–11–
Accumulator
Controller Box
FANCON board
INV board
MAIN board
Noise filter
Choke coil (L2)
Terminal block TB1A Power Source
Terminal block TB7 Transmission (Centralized control)
Terminal block TB3 Transmission
Inteligent Power Module (IPM)
G/A board
Capacitor (C2, C3)
(Smoothing capacitor)
Diode stack (DS)
Magnetic contactor (52C)
–12–
MAIN board
• PUHY / PURY
CNTR
CNFC1
CNVCC4
Power source
for control(5V)
CNS1
CNS2
CN40 CN41
CNVCC3
Power Source
for control
1-2 30V
1-3 30V
4-6 12V
5-6 5V
CN51
Indication distance
3-4 Compressor
ON/OFF
3-5 Trouble
CNRS3
Serial transmission to
INV board
CN3D
CN3S
CN3N
LD1
Service LED
CN20
Power supply
3 L1
1N
SW4
SW3
SW2
–13–
SWU2
SWU1
SW1
INV board
CNVDC
1-4
DC-560V
CN15V2
Power supply
for IPM control
CNVCC4
Power supply (5V)
CNL2
Choke coil
CNR
CNVCC2
Power supply
1-2 30V, 1-3 30V
4-6 12V, 5-6 5V
CN52C
Control for
52C
CNDR2
Out put to
G/A board
CNFAN
Control
for MF1
CNAC2
Power
source
1 L2
3N
5G
CNTH
SW1
CNRS2
Serial transmission
to MAIN board
–14–
CNACCT
FANCON board
CNPOW
CNFAN
CNFC2
G/A board
CNE
CNDC1
CN15V1
CNIPM1
CNDR1
–15–
BC controller
CNTR
CN12
Power
supply
1 EARTH
3N
5L
CN02
M-NET
transmission
CN03
SW4
SW2
–16–
SW1
RELAY 10 board
RELAY 4 board
–17–
[2] Refrigerant Circuit Diagram and Thermal Sensor
1PUHY-200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
ST2
BV2
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
LEV1
SV2
TH6
HEX1
SCC
TH5
HEX2
TH8
63H
CV1
O/S
TH1
Comp
ST3
SV1
CP1
63HS
CJ1
ST4
TH7
MA
CJ2
SLEV
SA
CP2
ST1
TH2
BV1
Indoor unit
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
–18–
2PUY-200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
ST2
TH6
HEX1
LEV1
TH5
HEX2
TH8
63H
SCC
Comp
SV2
O/S
ST3
SV1
CP1
63HS
CJ1
ST4
TH7
MA
CJ2
SLEV
SA
CP2
ST1
TH2
BV1
BV2
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
–19–
TH6
HEX 1
–20–
TH5
SV4
ST9
ST8
HEX 2
SV3
ST3
SV2
SV1
CP1
63HS
ST4
TH7
MA
SLEV
63LS
CJ2
SA
ST2 BV2
Indoor units
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
LEV1
TH8
TH2 CP4
Drier TH9
TH10
Comp
TH1
O/S
SCC
CP3
63H
CV1
ST5
CJ1
ST1 BV1
3PUHY-P200YMF-C, P250YMF-C
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
TH6
HEX1
–21–
TH5
CV2
HEX2
SV3
SCC
CP3
63H
CV1
ST5
ST3
SV2
SV1
CP
ST4
TH7
MA
SLEV
63LS
CJ2
SA
ST2 BV2
Indoor units
BV1
SP
ACC
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
LEV1
TH8
TH2
Drier TH9
TH10
Comp
TH1
O/S
63HS
CJ1
ST1
4PUY-P200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
5PURY-200YMF-C, 250YMF-C
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
SP
ACC
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
Solenoid Valves
Block
Distributor
CJ1
63HS
SV3
CJ2
O/S
SV4
SV6
SV5
HEXb
CP1
TH7
ST6
SV1 SV2
CV1
CV7
HEXf3
TH1
TH6
63LS
ACC
63H
HEXf2
SA
Comp
MA
HEXf1
TH10
SLEV
CV2 CV3
CV8 CV9
CV10
ST1
CV4
BV1
CV5
CV6
TH5
BV2
Check Valves Block
SVC
SVA
SVB
Gas/liquid separator
TH23
TH12
TH21
Indoor
units
TH11
TH22
63HS1
LEV
LEV1
63HS3
TH15
LEV3
TH16
BC controller
CMB-P104V-E
–22–
6PURY-P200YMF-C, P250YMF-C
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
SP
ACC
Solenoid valve
Orifice
Capillary
Check valve
Thermal sensor
Strainer
Service port
Accumulator
Solenoid Valves
Block
ST5
Distributor
SJ1
SV4
63HS
SV3
CJ2
O/S
SV6
HEXb
CP1
TH7
ST6
HEXf3
SV1 SV2
TH1
CV1
SV5
CV7
TH6
63LS
ACC
63H
HEXf2
SA
Comp
HEXf1
MA
TH10
SLEV
ST1
CV8 CV9
TH2
CP2
CV10
Drier
TH9
BV1
CV5 CV2 CV3
CV4
CV6
TH5
BV2
CS(Composition Sensing) circuit
Check Valves Block
SVC
SVA
SVB
Gas/liquid separator
TH23
TH12
TH21
Indoor
units
TH11
TH22
63HS1
LEV
LEV1
63HS3
TH15
LEV3
TH16
BC controller
CMB-P104V-E
–23–
Connect to
Indoor and
remote
controller
Power source
3N~
380/400/415V
50/60Hz
High pressure
switch
Crank case heater
(Compressor)
SV1
CH1
BOX BODY
*1
63H
*2
SV4 SV3
*1
SV2 21S4
TB7
S
M2
M1
M2
M1
TB3
Green/
Yellow
PE
PE
Blue
N
N
Black
L3
White
Red
L3
L1
L2
L1
L2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
1
N
L3
L2
L1
X10
X07
X06
X05
X04
X02
X01
Blue
Black
White
Red
1 2
1 2
TH9
TH10
*2
CN06
(2P)
1 2
CNS1
(2P)
CN09
(2P)
detection
circuit
CN36
(6P)
CN34
(6P)
CN33
(3P)
CN32
(3P)
CNS2
(3P)
1 2 3
BOX BODY
CN38
(3P)
N
L3
L2
L1
2
CN20
(3P)
F1
250VAC
2A F
TH6
CN03
(3P)
1 2 3
T01
CNTR1
L3
1
N
CN02
(8P)
TH5 TH8 TH7 TH2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TH1
1 2
CN01
(2P)
CNH
(3P)
1 2 3
63HS
3 2 1
2
CNTR
(3P)
*2
63LS
3 2 1
SLEV
CNLV1
(5P)
1 2 3 4 5
CNL
(3P)
3
F3
250VAC
1A F
LEV1
1
2
6
7
X10
1
2
CNFC1 4
(6P) 3
5
6
CN3N 3
2
(3P) 1
CN3S 3
2
(3P) 1
CN3D 3
2
(3P) 1
CN51
(5P)
CNX10
(3P)
3
2
1
5
6
CNVCC3 3
4
(6P)
12V
1 2 3 4 5
1
2
3
4
5
R3
X01
5
2
2
3
1
2
(5P)
CNAC2
BOX BODY
1
CNE
(2P)
N
P
1 2
CNTH
(2P)
1
1-3
ON
ON
4
R7
1
5
4
2
CNFAN
3
(5P)
1
F01 250VAC 6.3AF
F02 250VAC 6.3AF
2
4
3
2
2
3
3
U
5
6
6
CNDR2
(9P)
4
5
CNDR1
(9P)
4
Red
V
ACCT
-W
White
7
7
8
9
8
9
FB2
Mode
L2
1 2
CNL2
(2P)
FB3
Normal
FB4
N
4
3
2
1
1
*1
CN04
COOL
HEAT
R6
1 2
CN30V
(2P)
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
W
5
6
Black
5
7
8
8
9
9
10 11 12 13 14
4
CNACCT 2
3
(4P)
1
10 11 12 13 14
Fan motor
(Heat exchanger)
MF
CN15V2
(14P)
U
V
W
N
6
7
CN15V1
(14P)
Motor
(Compressor)
Gate amp board
(G/A board)
ACCT
-U
MC1
U V W
Power circuit board
(INV board)
1
1
IPM
Auto
changeover
CNR
(3P)
F03 250VAC 6.3AF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF
1-2
CN3D
3
3
CNVDC
(4P)
2
2
CNDC1
(4P)
1
BOX BODY
THHS
CNFAN
(3P)
X02
F01
250VAC
2A F
MF1
White
Fan control board
(Fancon board)
1
2
3
5
4 CNFC2
(6P)
CNPOW
(5P) 1 2 3 4
6
1
L1 L2 L3
NIGHT MODE
DEMAND
4:Compressor ON/OFF
5:Trouble
CN52C
(3P)
3
2
1
1
2
3 CNVCC2
4 (6P)
5
6
1 CNVCC4
2 (2P)
52C
+
C3
R2
CNVCC4 1
2
(2P)
1
2
3
FB1
+
C2
BOX BODY
52C
DCL
R5
Green
1
2
5 4 3
3
4 CNRS2
5 (7P)
6
7
C1
R1
Blue
CNRS3 4
(7P)
5
ZNR4
CNLV2
(5P)
~–
~
~+
DS
Diode
stack
1 2 3
Control circuit board
(MAIN board)
3
L2
about the switch operations.
CN05
(4P)
LD
1
L1
Refer to the service handbook
Blue
Black
White
Red
1 2 3 4
N
L3
L2
L1
TB1B
Red
Terminal
Block
Black
Noise
Filter
Black
White
Red
NF
White
Brown
Orange
TB1A
Red
Brown
Red
Terminal
Block
Black
Orange
Yellow
30A
50A
White
Black
Purple
Inverter
Controller Box
Red
–24–
Black
Gray
White
no fuse breaker
PU(H)Y-(P)200YMF-C
PU(H)Y-(P)250YMF-C
Name
All exists
“*1” are not existed
“*2” are not existed
“*1” and “*2” are not existed
TH9
TH10
THHS
LD
X1~10
FB1~4
TH8
SLEV
63HS
63LS
L2
IPM
TH1
TH2
TH5
TH6
TH7
*2
*2
*2
*1, *2
LEV1
SV4
MF1
21S4
*1
SV1, SV2
SV3
*2
52C
ACCT-U, W
ZNR4
DCL
Symbol
Name
Earth terminal
(Power factor improvement)
Current Sensor
Varistor
Magnetic contactor
(Inverter main circuit)
Fan motor(Radiator panel)
4-way valve
Solenoid valve(Discharge-suction bypass)
Solenoid valve
(Heat exchanger capacity control)
Solenoid valve
(Heat exchanger capacity control)
Electronic expansion valve
(Sub-cool coil bypass)
Electronic expansion valve(Oil return)
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Choke coil(Transmission)
Intelligent power module
Thermistor Discharge pipe temp. detect
Saturation evapo. temp. detect
Pipe temp. detect
OA temp. detect
liquid outlet temp. detect
at Sub-cool coil
bypass outlet temp. detect
at Sub-cool coil
High pressure liquid temp.
Compressor shell temp.
Radiator panel temp. detect
Accumulator liquid level detect
Aux. relay
Ferrite core
DC reactor
<Symbol explanation>
Appliance
PUHY-P200/250YMF-C
PUY -P200/250YMF-C
PUHY- 200/250YMF-C
PUY - 200/250YMF-C
< D i ff e r e n c e o f a p p l i a n c e >
[3] Electrical Wiring Diagram
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
High pressure
switch
Crank case heater
(Compressor)
21S4
SV1
CH1
BOX BODY
63H
SV6 SV5
SV4 SV3
SV2
TB7
S
M2
M1
M2
M1
TB3
Green/
Yellow
PE
PE
Blue
N
N
Black
L3
L3
White
Red
L2
L1
L2
Connect to
Indoor and
remote
controller
Power source
3N~
380/400/415V
50/60Hz
L1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
2
N
L3
L2
L1
X10
X09
X08
X07
X06
X05
X04
X02
X01
Blue
Black
White
Red
1 2
TH9
TH10
*1
CN06
(2P)
1 2
CNS1
(2P)
1 2
CN09
(2P)
detection
circuit
CN37
(6P)
CN36
(6P)
CN34
(6P)
CN33
(3P)
CN32
(3P)
CNS2
(3P)
1 2 3
BOX BODY
CN38
(3P)
N
L3
L2
L1
2
F1
250VAC
2A F
CN20
(3P)
TH6
CN03
(3P)
1 2 3
CN02
(8P)
*
1
TH7 TH2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TH5
T01
CNTR1
L3
1
N
TH1
1 2
CN01
(2P)
CNH
(3P)
1 2 3
63HS
3 2 1
2
CNTR
(3P)
63LS
3 2 1
SLEV
CNLV1
(5P)
1 2 3 4 5
CNL
(3P)
3
F3
250VAC
1A F
~ –
~
~ +
DS
Diode
stack
1 2 3
Control circuit board
(MAIN board)
3
L2
about the switch operations.
CN05
(4P)
LD
1
L1
Refer to the service handbook
Blue
Black
White
Red
1 2 3 4
N
L3
L2
L1
TB1B
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
CN3D 3
2
(3P) 1
CN51
(5P)
CNX10
(3P)
3
2
1
1
2
CNFC1 4
(6P) 3
12V
X10
1
2
CNVCC3 3
4
(6P)
5
6
X01
1
(6P)
2
2
3
1
1
2
CNE
(2P)
N
P
1 2
CNTH
(2P)
1
3
3
4
F03 250VAC 6.3AF
5
4
2
CNFAN
3
(5P)
1
F01 250VAC 6.3AF
F02 250VAC 6.3AF
2
CNR
(3P)
1
3
2
2
3
3
U
5
6
6
CNDR2
(9P)
4
5
CNDR1
(9P)
4
Red
V
ACCT
-W
White
7
7
8
9
8
9
FB2
FB3
L2
1 2
CNL2
(2P)
FB4
N
4
3
2
1
R6
1 2
CN30V
(2P)
1
2
CN04
1
2
3
3
4
4
W
5
6
Black
5
7
8
8
9
9
10 11 12 13 14
4
CNACCT 2
3
(4P)
1
10 11 12 13 14
Fan motor
(Heat exchanger)
MF
CN15V2
(14P)
U
V
W
N
6
7
CN15V1
(14P)
Motor
(Compressor)
Gate amp board
(G/A board)
ACCT
-U
MC1
U V W
Power circuit board
(INV board)
1
1
IPM
4
CNVDC
(4P)
2
2
CNDC1
(4P)
1
R7
THHS
BOX BODY
CNFAN
(3P)
X02
F01
250VAC
2A F
(5P)
CNAC2
BOX BODY
MF1
White
Fan control board
(Fancon board)
1
2
3
4 CNFC2
5
6
CNPOW
(5P) 1 2 3 4 5
L1 L2 L3
DEMAND
NIGHT MODE
4 : Compressor ON/OFF
5 : Trouble
CN52C
(3P)
3
2
1
1
2
3 CNVCC2
4 (6P)
5
6
1 CNVCC4
2 (2P)
R3
R2
CNVCC4 1
2
(2P)
52C
FB1
+
C2
+
C3
BOX BODY
52C
DCL
R5
Green
1
2
5 4 3
3
4 CNRS2
5 (7P)
6
7
C1
R1
Blue
1
2
3
CNRS3 4
(7P)
5
6
7
ZNR4
Red
Terminal
Block
Black
Noise
Filter
Black
White
Red
NF
White
Brown
Orange
TB1A
Red
Brown
Red
Terminal
Block
Black
Orange
Yellow
30A
50A
White
Black
Purple
Inverter
Controller Box
Red
–25–
Black
Gray
White
no fuse breaker
PURY-(P)200YMF-C
PURY-(P)250YMF-C
Name
All exists
“*1” are not existed
*1
TH9
*1
TH10 *1
THHS
LD
X1, 2, 4~10
FB1~4
SLEV
63HS
63LS
L2
IPM
TH1
TH2
TH5
TH6
TH7
SV3~6
MF1
21S4
SV1, SV2
52C
ACCT-U, W
ZNR4
DCL
Symbol
Earth terminal
Name
DC reactor
(Power factor improvement)
Current Sensor
Varistor
Magnetic contactor
(Inverter main circuit)
Fan motor(Radiator panel)
4-way valve
Solenoid valve(Discharge-suction bypass)
Solenoid valve
(Heat exchanger capacity control)
Electronic expansion valve(Oil return)
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Choke coil(Transmission)
Intelligent power module
Thermistor Discharge pipe temp. detect
Saturation evapo. temp. detect
Pipe temp. detect
OA temp. detect
liquid outlet temp. detect
at Sub-cool coil
High pressure liquid temp.
Compressor shell temp.
Radiator panel temp. detect
Accumulator liquid level detect
Aux. relay
Ferrite core
<Symbol explanation>
Appliance
PURY-P200/250YMF-C
PURY- 200/250YMF-C
<Difference of appliance>
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
3
2
1
3
2
1
240V
CN12
X8
X32
X5
X6
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
4
3
2
1
CN05
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
1 3 5
1
3
∗1
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
1
CN28
7
5
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X33
CN02
CN03
220
8
2 1
TR
3 2 1
22V
X7
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
20
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
BC Board
3 CMB-P104V-E
3 1
CN36 ∗1
X21
–26–
M2
M1
TB02
1
8
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
6
7
6
5
4
3
2
7
5
4
3
2
1
}
∗1
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SVM
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
Name
Symbol
Transformer
SV1 4A
Thermister sensor SV1 4B
Expansion valve SV1 4C
∗1
Pressure sensor SVM
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:1.TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
2.∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
3
2
1
3
2
1
4 CMB-P105V-E
4
3
2
1
CN05
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN12
LEV3
1 3 5
X34
X9
X10
X7
X32
X5
X6
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
1
3
1
3 1
CN36 ∗1
∗1
7
5
3
CN30
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
1
CN28
7
5
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X33
240V
7
CN02
CN03
220
8
2 1
3 2 1
TR
X8
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
22V
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
BC Board
20
X21
–27–
M2
M1
TB02
1
6
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
1
2
1
2
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
7
5
4
3
2
1
}
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SVM
∗1
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
Symbol
Name
Transformer
SV1 5A
Thermister sensor SV1 5B
Expansion valve SV1 5C
Pressure sensor SVM ∗1
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Note:1.TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
2.∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
3
2
1
3
2
1
CN51
6 5 4 3 2 1
240V
CNOUT 3
CNOUT 1
CN50
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 3
CN12
CN38
X32
X5
X6
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
4
3
2
1
8
CN05
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
1 3 5
X35
X11
X12
X34
X9
X10
X33
1
3
1
∗1
7
5
3
1
CN31
7
5
3
CN30
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
1
CN28
7
5
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X7
CN03
220
7
2 1
CN02
3 2 1
3 2 1
CNVCC1
TR
X8
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
22V
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
BC Board
20
CN36 ∗1
3 1
M2
M1
TB02
1
7
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
6
5
4
3
2
1
}
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
Name
Symbol
Transformer
SV1 6A
Thermister sensor SV1 6B
Expansion valve SV1 6C
Pressure sensor SVM ∗1
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
∗1
Note:1.TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
2.∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
SVM
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
5 CMB-P106V-E
X21
–28–
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
3
2
1
1 3
CN38
CNOUT 3
CNOUT 1
CN50
X2
X1
X31
X3
X4
X30
4
4
3
2
1
8
CN11
CN05
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
CN12
1 3 5
X35
X11
X12
X34
X9
X10
X33
X8
X7
6
7
5
3
1
3 1
CN36 ∗1
∗1
7
5
3
1
CN31
7
5
3
1
CN30
7
5
3
1
CN29
7
5
3
8
9
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
6
7
6
1
CN28
7
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
5
}
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
7
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X32
CN51
X5
CN02
2 1
2
CN03
3 2 1
3
CN10
3 2 1
CNVCC1
X6
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
6 5 4 3 2 1
M2
M1
TB02
Symbol
Name
Transformer
SV1 8A
Thermister sensor SV1 8B
Expansion valve SV1 8C
Pressure sensor SVM ∗1
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
3
1
CN39
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
∗1
7
6
6
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5
7
7
3
8
8
1
9
9
5
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
1
CN52
4
4
7
1
1
RELAY4 Board
Note:1.TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
2.∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
TB02
TB01
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
Symbol explanation
CN33
240V
X16
3
2
1
220
X15
TR
X37
BC Board
22V
CN32
20
X14
6 CMB-P108V-E
X21
SVM
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X36
X13
–29–
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
3
2
1
1
2
CNOUT 3
4
3
2
1
8
CN05
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
CN07
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
CN12
1 3 5
X35
X11
X12
X34
X9
X10
X33
X8
X7
6
7
5
CN11
X32
4
3
X31
X3
X4
X30
X1
X2
1
3
1
1
CN36 ∗1
∗1
7
5
3
1
CN31
7
5
3
PE
}
16 16
TB01
L
N
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
5
CN30
3 1
9
10 10
9
7
3
CN29
7
5
3
8
7
8
7
1
CN28
6
5
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
7
3
1
CN27
7
5
3
1
CN26
CNTR
X6
CN10
1 3
CN38
CNOUT 1
CN50
X5
CN02
CN51
1
CN13
CNP3
CN03
2 1
2
1
2
3
CNVCC1
3 2 1
Power source
/N 220V 240V 50Hz
EARTH
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Symbol
Name
Transformer
SV1 10A
Thermister sensor SV1 10B
Expansion valve SV1 10C
∗1
Pressure sensor SVM
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Name
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
3
1
7
CN53
6 5 4 3 2 1
5
3
1
7
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
CN39
5
3
1
∗1
7
6
6
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5
7
7
3
8
8
1
9
9
5
5
5
2
2
3
3
3
1
CN52
4
4
7
1
1
RELAY4 Board
Note:1.TB02 is terminal block for transmission.
Never connect power line to it.
2.∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
TB02
TB01
CN35
3 2 1
X20
CNP1
Symbol
TR
TH11 16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
X19
1
2
3
X21
Symbol explanation
CN34
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
}
X18
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
X17
PS1
6 5 4 3 2 1
M2
M1
CN33
TB02
X38
240V
X16
BC Board
220
X15
TR
X37
3
2
1
22V
CN32
20
X14
7 CMB-P1010V-E
X39
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X36
X13
–30–
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
3
2
1
CN03
CNVCC1
CN05
CN51
CN50
4
3
2
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
1
1
8
7
6
5
4
1 3 5
CN12
CNOUT3
4
3
X5
3
1
1
5
X35
∗1
7
1
3
X12
X11
CN31
7
3
5
X9
CN30
7
5
3
CN29
7
5
X34
X10
X33
X7
X8
X32
1
CN28
7
5
X31
2
X6
3
X3
1
3
1
CN27
7
3
5
X1
CN26
3
X30
X2
CNTR
X4
CN38
1 3
CNOUT1
2
CN02
2 1
7
CN07
3 2 1
3 2 1
6
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
1
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
3 1
CN36 ∗1
1 1
2 2
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Power source
~/N 220V~240V 50Hz
EARTH
}
∗1
1
CNOUT4
1
2
3
4
7
6
6
CNOUT2
5
7
7
3
8
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
X20
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN35
6 5 4 3 2 1
X19
3
2
1
X39
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
5
5
1
4
4
X18
M2
M1
3
3
3
X17
BC Board
CN34
TB02
5
2
2
7
1
1
CN33
240V
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X38
220
5
3
1
X16
TR
X15
22V
7
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Symbol
TB02
SV1~13A
SV1~13B
SV1~13C
SVM ∗1
TB01
Name
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
5
3
1
7
3 2 1
CN39 CNVCC2
1 3
X48
X46
X47
CN42
X45
X43
X44
CN41
X42
X40
X41
CN40
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
RELAY10
Board
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
SV11B
SV11A
SV11C
SV12B
SV12A
SV12C
SV13B
SV13A
SV13C
Note : 1. TB02 is transmission terminal block.
Never connect power line to it.
2. ∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
X14
20
X37
Symbol
TR
TH11~16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
X13
8 CMB-P1013V-E
X21
X36
–31–
CN32
TH16
TH15
TH12
TH11
PS3
PS1
3
2
1
CN03
CNVCC1
CN05
CN51
CN50
4
3
2
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV1
1 2 3 4 5 6
LEV3
3
X30
8
7
6
5
4
1 3 5
CN12
CNOUT3
4
3
X5
3
1
3
5
5
X35
∗1
7
1
3
X12
X11
CN31
7
X9
1
CN30
7
5
3
CN29
7
5
X34
X10
X33
X7
X8
X32
1
CN28
7
5
X31
2
X6
3
X3
1
3
1
CN27
7
1
3
5
X2
X1
CN26
CNTR
X4
CN38
1 3
CNOUT1
2
CN02
2 1
7
CN07
3 2 1
3 2 1
1
CN11
CN10
CN13
CNP3
CNP1
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3 1
CN36 ∗1
1 1
}
PE
TB01
L
N
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
SV1B
SV1A
SV1C
SV2B
SV2A
SV2C
SV3B
SV3A
SV3C
SV4B
SV4A
SV4C
SV5B
SV5A
SV5C
Power source
~/N 220V~240V 50Hz
EARTH
}
∗1
1
3
8
8
5
7
7
CNOUT2
CNOUT4
1
2
3
4
7
6
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
X20
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
X19
6 5 4 3 2 1
CN35
BC Board
X39
3
2
1
5
5
CN34
Shield wire
Transmission line
DC 30V
1
4
4
X18
M2
M1
5
2
2
3
3
3
X17
TB02
7
1
1
CN33
240V
SVM
SV10C
SV10A
SV10B
SV9C
SV9A
SV9B
SV8C
SV8A
SV8B
SV7C
SV7A
SV7B
SV6C
SV6A
SV6B
X38
220
5
3
1
X16
TR
X15
22V
7
Name
Transformer
Thermister sensor
Expansion valve
Pressure sensor
Symbol
TB02
SV1~16A
SV1~16B
SV1~16C
SVM ∗1
TB01
Name
Terminal block
(for power source)
Terminal block
(for Transmission)
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
5
3
1
7
3 2 1
CN39 CNVCC2
1 3
X57
X55
X56
CN45
X54
X52
X53
CN44
X51
X49
X50
CN43
X48
X46
X47
CN42
X45
X43
X44
CN41
X42
X40
X41
CN40
1 1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
13 13
14 14
22
11
16 16
15 15
5
7
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
12 12
RELAY10
Board
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
SV16A
SV16C
SV11B
SV11A
SV11C
SV12B
SV12A
SV12C
SV13B
SV13A
SV13C
SV14B
SV14A
SV14C
SV15B
SV15A
SV15C
SV16B
Note : 1. TB02 is transmission terminal block.
Never connect power line to it.
2. ∗1:SVM is not built in depending on models.
X14
20
X37
Symbol
TR
TH11~16
LEV1,3
PS1,3
X13
9 CMB-P1016V-E
X21
X36
–32–
CN32
[4] Standard Operation Data
(1) Cooling operation
1 PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
PUHY-200YMF-C
PUY-200YMF-C
PUHY-250YMF-C
PUY-250YMF-C
27.0/19.0
27.0/19.0
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Ambient temp.
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Branch pipe
Piping
50
25
125
40
5
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
Total piping length
63
10
10
10
10
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Outdoor unit
45
Total current
A
14.5
13.3
18.3
16.8
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
Pressure LEV opening
45
Indoor unit
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
11.2
12.7
Volts/Frequency
440
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
440
380
280
430
350
440
130
140
235
235
22.0/4.80
(2.16/0.47)
20.3/4.7
(1.99/0.46)
Discharge (TH1)
93
95
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
40
42
Inlet
7
5
Outlet
9
7
7
10
6
4
Shell bottom (Comp)
69
60
SCC outlet (TH7)
27
27
Bypass outlet (TH8)
8
6
LEV inlet
26
26
Heat exchanger outlet
10
10
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
TH2
Indoor
unit
˚C
–33–
280
PU(H)Y-P200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PUHY-P200YMF-C
PUY-P200YMF-C
PUHY-P250YMF-C
PUY-P250YMF-C
27.0/19.0
27.0/19.0
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Branch pipe
Piping
50
25
125
40
5
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
Total piping length
63
10
10
10
10
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Outdoor unit
45
Total current
A
14.5
13.3
18.3
16.8
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
Pressure LEV opening
45
Indoor unit
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
11.7
13.2
Volts/Frequency
440
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
440
380
280
430
350
440
130
140
235
235
20.5/4.0
(2.01/0.39)
21.9/3.9
(2.15/0.38)
Discharge (TH1)
96
96
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
40
42
Inlet
7
7
Outlet
10
10
12
15
–1
–1
CS circuit (TH9)
11
11
Shell bottom (Comp)
80
85
SCC outlet (TH7)
27
27
Bypass outlet (TH8)
8
6
LEV inlet
26
26
Heat exchanger outlet
10
10
0.23
0.23
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Sectional temperature
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
CS circuit (TH2)
˚C
Indoor
unit
αOC
–34–
280
PURY-200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PURY-P200YMF-C
PURY-P250YMF-C
27.0/19.0
27.0/19.0
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
–
Condition
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
50
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
13.9
14.4
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
A
14.5
13.3
18.3
16.8
Compressor volts / Frequency
LEV opening
High pressure/Low pressure
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit
330
BC controller (1, 3)
Pulse
430
2000
300
140
410
330
460
2000
235
20.7/5.0
(2.03/0.49)
19.4/4.0
(1.90/0.39)
19.6/19.6
(1.92/1.92)
18.3/18.3
(1.79/1.79)
Discharge (TH1)
107
110
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
50
47
7
7
10
10
Suction (Comp)
12
12
Shell bottom (Comp)
75
70
LEV inlet
26
30
Heat exchanger outlet
15
15
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Inlet
Accumulator
Outlet
˚C
Indoor
unit
–35–
300
150
235
Oil return
Outdoor
unit
460
PURY-P200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
PURY-P200YMF-C
PURY-P250YMF-C
27.0/19.0
27.0/19.0
35.0/24.0
35.0/24.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
Ambient temp.
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
–
Condition
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
50
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
14.4
14.9
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
A
14.5
13.3
18.3
16.8
Compressor volts / Frequency
LEV opening
High pressure/Low pressure
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit
330
BC controller (1, 3)
Pulse
300
140
410
330
460
2000
235
23.5/5.3
(2.30/0.52)
23.0/5.1
(2.25/0.50)
22.4/22.4
(2.20/2.20)
21.9/21.9
(2.15/2.15)
Discharge (TH1)
97
105
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
50
47
Inlet
7
7
Outlet
10
10
12
12
CS circuit (TH2)
7
5
Shell bottom (Comp)
75
70
LEV inlet
26
30
Heat exchanger outlet
15
15
0.23
0.23
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Accumulator
Suction (Comp)
˚C
αOC
–36–
300
150
235
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
Indoor
unit
430
2000
Oil return
Outdoor
unit
460
2 Heating operation
PUHY-200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PUHY-200YMF-C
PUHY-250YMF-C
20.0/–
20.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
Branch pipe
25
125
40
5
Main pipe
Piping
50
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
10
10
10
10
45
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Total current
A
13.4
12.3
17.1
15.6
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
280/83
280/83
355/102
355/102
Indoor unit
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit fan notch
Outdoor unit
45
Pressure LEV opening
Total piping length
63
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
11.2
12.7
Volts/Frequency
510
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
280
440
420
510
0
150
235
17.5/3.7
(1.72/0.36)
17.5/3.7
(1.72/0.36)
Discharge (TH1)
80
85
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
6
8
Inlet
–1
–2
Outlet
–1
–2
–1
–2
TH2
–2
–2
Shell bottom (Comp)
50
60
Heat exchanger outlet
71
71
LEV inlet
33
33
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Accumulator
Suction (Comp)
Indoor
unit
450
0
Oil return (SLEV)
Outdoor
unit
510
˚C
–37–
280
PUHY-P200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
Ambient temp.
PUHY-P200YMF-C
PUHY-P250YMF-C
20.0/–
20.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Set
Quantity in operation
Condition
Indoor unit
–
Model
63
63
Branch pipe
25
125
40
5
Main pipe
Piping
50
m
10
25
10
10
Hi
Hi
5
10
10
10
10
10
45
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Total current
A
13.4
12.3
17.1
15.6
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
270/75
270/75
340/95
340/95
Indoor unit
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit fan notch
Outdoor unit
45
Pressure LEV opening
Total piping length
63
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
11.7
13.2
Volts/Frequency
510
Pulse
SC (LEV1)
510
450
280
440
420
510
0
0
150
150
18.5/3.7
(1.81/0.36)
21.4/3.7
(2.10/0.36)
Discharge (TH1)
75
78
Heat exchanger inlet (TH5)
–1
–1
Inlet
–2
–2
Outlet
–2
–2
–3
–3
CS circuit (TH2)
–3
–3
CS circuit (TH9)
0
0
Shell bottom (Comp)
60
70
Heat exchanger outlet
80
80
LEV inlet
39
39
0.28
0.28
Oil return (SLEV)
High pressure/Low pressure (after O/S) kg/cm2G
(MPa)
(before MA)
Accumulator
Outdoor
unit
Suction (Comp)
˚C
Indoor
unit
αOC
–38–
280
PURY-200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
PURY-200YMF-C
PURY-250YMF-C
20.0/–
20.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
Ambient temp.
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
Condition
Model
–
63
63
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
50
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
13.9
14.4
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
285/85
285/85
360/105
360/105
A
13.4
12.3
17.1
15.6
Compressor volts / Frequency
LEV opening
High pressure/Low pressure
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit total current
600
BC controller (1, 3)
Pulse
950
60
Oil return
700
400
750
600
950
60
235
18.5/3.6
(1.81/0.35)
18.0/3.7
(1.76/0.36)
17.5/14.0
(1.72/1.37)
17.0/14.0
(1.67/1.37)
Discharge (TH1)
100
95
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
–2
–1
–1
–1
–4
–2
Suction (Comp)
–1
–1
Shell bottom (Comp)
45
40
LEV inlet
38
40
Heat exchanger outlet
80
85
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Inlet
Accumulator
Outlet
˚C
Indoor
unit
–39–
400
800
150
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
Outdoor
unit
750
PURY-P200·250YMF-C
Outdoor unit
Items
PURY-P200YMF-C
PURY-P250YMF-C
20.0/–
20.0/–
7.0/6.0
7.0/6.0
4
4
4
4
Indoor
Ambient temp.
DB/WB
Outdoor
Quantity
Q’ty
Indoor unit
Quantity in operation
–
Condition
Model
63
63
Main pipe
Piping
Branch pipe
50
25
125
40
5
m
5
5
5
5
5
25
Indoor unit fan notch
–
Refrigerant volume
kg
Hi
25
5
5
Hi
Hi
5
5
Total piping length
63
25
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
Hi
14.4
14.9
V
380
415
380
415
V/Hz
280/80
280/80
340/95
340/95
A
13.4
12.3
17.1
15.6
Compressor volts/Frequency
LEV opening
High pressure/Low pressure
Sectional temperature
Indoor unit
Pressure
Outdoor unit total current
600
BC controller (1, 3)
Pulse
950
60
Oil return
700
750
600
950
60
18.5/3.6
(1.96/0.38)
18.0/3.7
(1.86/0.34)
17.5/14.0
(1.86/1.57)
17.0/14.0
(1.76/1.47)
Discharge (TH1)
100
95
Heat exchanger outlet (TH5)
–2
–1
Inlet
–1
–1
Outlet
–4
–2
–1
–1
7
5
Shell bottom (Comp)
45
40
LEV inlet
38
40
Heat exchanger outlet
80
85
0.28
0.28
Accumulator
Suction (Comp)
CS circuit
˚C
(TH2)
αOC
–40–
400
800
235
BC controller liquid/Intermediate
Indoor
unit
400
150
kg/cm2G
(MPa)
Outdoor
unit
750
[5] Function of Dip SW and Rotary SW
(1) Outdoor unit
1 PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-C
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
5
6
7
–
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor unit test operation
2
3
4
SW4
Defrosting start temperature of TH5.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
Opening angle of IC except
when heater thermostat is
ON during defrosting.
5
6
7
–
Models
Target Pd (High pressure)
8
9
10
1
2
3
–
–
Models
–
–
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED monitering display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Errors valid.
–
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
–
–
90 min.
43 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
0°C
-2°C
8°C
15°C
(no operation)
2000
–
PUHY-YMF-C
18kg/cm2G
(1.76MPa)
–
–
Model 200
–
–
–
–
PUY-YMF-C
20kg/cm2G
(1.96MPa)
–
–
Model 250
–
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
–
–
–
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–41–
2 PUHY-P200·250YMF-C
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
5
6
7
–
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor unit test operation
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW4
8
9
10
1
2
3
Defrosting start temperature of TH5.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
Opening angle of IC except
when heater thermostat is
ON during defrosting.
–
Models
Target Tc (High pressure)
at Heating
–
–
Models
SW4-2 Function valid/
invalid
Configuration compensation value
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED Monitering Display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Errors valid.
–
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
–
–
90 min.
39 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
–1°C
– 4°C
8°C
15°C
(no operation)
2000
–
PUHY-P-YMF-C
49˚C
–
PUY-P-YMF-C
53˚C
–
–
Model P200
Invalid
–
–
Model P250
Valid
Changes as shown below by on → off change
0% → 3% → 6% → 9% → 12% → –6% → –3% → 0%
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
when SW4-1 in ON.
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–42–
–
3 PURY-200·250YMF-C
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
5
6
7
–
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor unit test operation
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW4
8
9
10
1
2
3
Defrosting start temperature of TH7.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
–
Pump down operation
Target Td (High pressure)
at Heating
–
–
Models
–
–
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED monitering display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Errors valid.
–
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
–
–
90 min.
43 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
–3°C
–6°C
8°C
15°C
–
Invalid
–
Valid
49˚C
53˚C
–
–
Model 200
–
–
–
–
–
Model 250
–
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
During compressor stop when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
–
–
–
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–43–
4 PURY-P200·250YMF-C
Switch
Function
SWU
SW1
1~2 Unit address setting
1~8 For self diagnosis/
operation monitoring
9~10
–
1 Centralized control switch
SW2
SW3
2
Deletion of connection
information.
3
Deletion of error history.
4
5
6
7
–
–
Disregard ambient air
sensor errors, liquid
overflow errors.
Forced defrosting
8
Defrost prohibited timer
9
10
1
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid/
invalid
Indoor Unit Test operation
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW4
8
9
10
1
2
3
Defrosting start temperature of TH7.
Defrosting end temperature of TH5.
–
Pomp down operation
Target Tc (High pressure)
at Heating
–
–
Models
SW4-2 function valid/
Invalid
Configuration compensation value
–
Function according to switch operation
When off
When on
Set on 51~100 with the dial switch.
LED monitering display
–
Centralized control not
connected.
Storing of refrigeration
system connection
information.
–
–
–
–
Centralized control
connected.
Deletion of refrigeration
system connection
information.
Deletion
Errors valid.
–
–
Disregard errors.
Ordinary control
Start forced defrosting.
43 min.
90 min.
–
–
SW3-2 Function invalid
–
–
SW3-2 Function valid
Stop all indoor units.
All indoor units test
operation ON.
–5°C
–8°C
8°C
15°C
–
Invalid
–
Valid
49˚C
53˚C
–
–
Model P200
Invalid
–
–
Model P250
Valid
Changes as shown below by on → off change
0% → 3% → 6% → 9% → 12% → –6% → –3% → 0%
–
–
Switch set timing
When off
When on
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
Should be set on OFF.
Before power is turned on.
Before power is turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal
operation when
power is on.
10 minutes or
more after
compressor
starts.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
–
During normal operation when power
is on.
When SW3-1 is ON after power is
turned on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on. (Except during defrosting)
–
During compressor stop when power
is on.
During normal operation when power
is on.
–
–
When switching on the power.
During normal operation when power
is on.
when SW4-1 in ON.
Note:
• SWU1~2=00 when shipped from the factory. Other factory settings are indicated by shaded portions.
• If the address is set from 01 to 50, it automatically becomes 100.
–44–
–
(2) Indoor unit
DIP SW1, 3
Switch
Operation by SW
OFF
ON
SW name
Switch set timing
OFF
ON
Indoor unit inlet
Built in remote controller
Clogged filter detect.
None
Provided
Filter duration
100h
2500h
Ineffective
Effective
1
Room temp. sensor position
2
3
4
OA intake
5
Remote display select.
Fan output display Thermo. ON signal display
6
Humidifier control
At stationary heating
Always at heat.
7
Heating thermo. OFF airflow
Very low speed
Low speed
8
Heating thermo. OFF airflow
SW1-7 setting
Set airflow
9
Power failure automatic
return
Ineffective
Effective
10 Power source start/stop
Ineffective
Effective
Heat pump
Cool.only
None
Provided
SW1
1
SW3
Model selection
Cooling capacity saving
for PKFY-P. VAM,
effective/ineffective
Louver
3
Vane
None
Provided
4
Vane swing function
None
Provided
5
Vane horizontal angle
1st setting
2nd setting
6
Vane angle set for cooling
Down blow B, C
Horizontal
–
–
Effective
Ineffective
8
–
Heating 4deg up
9
–
–
–
10
–
–
–
Note 1: The shaded part
table below.)
Not provided for PKFY-P.VAM
Provided for PLFY-P.VGM (ON) setting
Always down blow B,C for PKFY-P.VAM
Horizontal (ON) setting for PLFY-P.VLMD
Ineffective (ON) setting for floor
standing
PDFY-P
PEFY-P
PFFY-P
PCFY-P
PKFY-P
VBM-A VLMD-A VKM-A VML-A VMH-A 20~80VMM-A 100~140VMM-A VM-A VLRM-A, VLEM-A VGM-A VAM-A VGM-A
3
OFF
6
OFF
7
4
6
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
3
SW3
At unit stopping
(at remote
controller OFF)
indicates the setting at factory shipment. (For the SW not being shaded, refer to the
PLFY-P
Model
Switch
SW1
Always ineffective for PKFY-P.VAM
2
7
Remarks
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
8
OFF
Note 2: The DipSW setting is only effective during unit stopping (remote controller OFF) for SW1, 2, 3 and 4 commonly
and the power source is not required to reset.)
3: When both SW1-7 and SW1-8 are being set to ON, the fan stops at the heating thermostat of OFF.
Setting of DIP SW2
Model
Capacity (model name) code
SW2 setting
P25
P32
P40
P50
P63
4
5
6
8
10
13
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Model
Capacity (model name) code
SW2 setting
P20
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
P71
P80
P100
P125
P140
P200
P250
14
16
20
25
28
40
50
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
–45–
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Setting of DIP SW4
Setting of DIP SW5
Model
Circuit board used
SW4
1
2
3
4
PMFY-P-VBM-A
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
PLFY-P-VLMD-A
–
–
–
–
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
PCFY-P-VGM-A
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
PKFY-P-VGM-A
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
PDFY-P20 ~ 80VM-A
PLFY-P40 ~ 63VKM-A
PLFY-P80 ~ 125VKM-A
Phase control
PKFY-P-VAM-A
–
–
–
–
PEFY-P20 ~ 80VMM-A
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
PFFY-P-VLEM-A, P-VLRM-A
OFF
OFF
OFF
–
PEFY-P20 ~ 32VML-A
ON
ON
ON
–
OFF
OFF
OFF
–
ON
OFF
OFF
–
PDFY-P100·125VM-A
OFF
OFF
ON
–
PEFY-P100 ~ 140VMM-A
ON
ON
ON
OFF
PEFY-P40 ~ 140VMH-A
Relay selection
PEHY-P200·250VMH-A
Switch
Function
Operation by switch
(PLFY-P-VKM-A)
SWA
Ceiling height setting
220V
240V
(PCFY-P-VGM-A)
* The ceiling
height is
changed by
SWB setting.
3
2
1
Switch set timing
3
2
1
3
2
1
Ceiling height
3.5 m
2.8 m
2.3 m
Always after powering
(PDFY-P20 ~ 80VM-A, PEFY-P20 ~ 80VMM-A)
SWA
External static
pressure setting
100Pa
50Pa
30Pa
3
2
1
Always after powering
* For other models, change the setting of static pressure by replacing the connector.
(PLFY-P-VLMD-A)
SWA
For options
3
* As this switch is used by interlocking with SWC,
refer to the item of SWC for detail.
2
Always after powering
1
(PLFY-P-VKM-A)
SWB
1
SWA
2-way
3.5 m
3-way
3.0 m
4-way
2.7 m
2-way
SWB
Setting of air outlet opening
3-way
4-way
2
3
3.8 m
3.3 m
3.0 m
3.8 m
3.5 m
3.5 m
Always after powering
(PLFY-P-VKM-A, PCFY-P-VGM-A, PKFY-P-VGM-A, PDFY-P-VM-A)
SWC
Airflow control
Option
* Set to the option to install the high efficiency
filter
Standard
–46–
Always after powering
3 TEST RUN
[1] Before Test Run
(1) Check points before test run
1
Neither refrigerant leak nor loose power source/ transmission lines should be found.
2
Confirm that the resistance between the power source terminal block and the ground exceeds 2MΩ by measuring it with a DC500V megger. Do not run if it is lower than 2MΩ.
Note) Never apply the megger to the MAIN board. If applied, the MAIN board will be broken.
3
Confirm that the Ball valve at both gas and liquid sides is being fully opened.
Note) Certainly close the cap.
4
Be sure that the crankcase heater has been powered by turning the main power source on at least 12 hours
before starting the test run. The shorter powering time causes compressor trouble.
(2) Caution at inverter check
Because the inverter power portion in outdoor unit electrical part box have a lot of high voltage portion, be sure to follow
the instructions shown below.
1
During energizing power source, never touch inverter power portion because high voltage (approx. 580V) is
applied to inverter power portion.
When checking,
2
1
Shut off main power source, and check it with tester, etc.
2
Allow 10 minutes after shutting off main power source.
3
Open the MAIN board mounting panel, and check whether voltage of both ends of electrolytic capacitor is
20V or less.
–47–
(3) Check points for test run when mounting options
Built-in optional parts
Mounting of drain
water lifting-up
mechanism
Check point
Content of test run
1
Release connector of pump circuit,
check error detection by pouring
water into drain pan water inlet.
Result
Local remote controller displays code
No. “2503”, and the mechanism stops.
No overflow from drain pan.
Mounting of permeable film humidifier
Drain water comes out by operations of
drain pump.
2
After that, connect connector of
circuit.
3
Check pump operations and drainSound of pump operations is heard, and
age status in cooling (test run) mode. drain water comes out.
Check humidifier operations and water
supply status in heating (test run) mode.
No water leak from connecting portions
of each water piping.
Water is supplied to water supply tank,
and float switch is operating.
(4) Attention for mounting drain water lifting-up mechanism
Work
Disassembling and
assembling of drain
water lifting-up
mechanism
Mounting of float
switch
Electric wiring
Check point
Content of test run
1
Lead wire from control box not
damaged.
2
Rubber cap properly inserted to
drain water outlet of drain pan?
3
Insulation pipe of gas and liquid
pipes dealt with as shown in the right
figure?
4
Drain pan and piping cover mounted
without gap?
5
Drain pan hooked on cut projection
of the mechanism?
Float switch installed without contacting
with drain pan?
Insulation pipe
No gap
1
Float switch moves smoothly.
2
Float switch is mounted on
mounting board straightly without
deformation.
3
Float switch does not contact with
copper pipe.
1
No mistakes in wiring?
Wiring procedure is exactly followed.
2
Connectors connected surely and
tightly?
Connector portion is tightly hooked.
3
No tension on lead wire when sliding
control box?
–48–
Result
(5) Check points for system structure
ex. PURY-200YMF-C
Check points from installation work to test run.
Classification
Installation and
piping
Power source
wiring
Portion
Trouble
Check item
1
Instruction for selecting combination of outdoor unit,
and indoor unit followed? (Maximum number of indoor
Not operate.
units which can be connected, connecting model name,
and total capacity.)
2
Follow limitation of refrigerant piping length? For example, 70m or less (total length : 220m) at the farthest.
Not cool (at cooling).
3
Connecting piping size of branch piping correct?
4
Refrigerant piping diameter correct?
5
Refrigerant leak generated at connection?
Not cool, not heat, error stop.
6
Insulation work for piping properly done?
Condensation drip in piping.
7
Specified amount of refrigerant replenished?
Not cool, not heat, error stop.
8
Pitch and insulation work for drain piping properly done? Water leak, condensation drip in drain piping.
Not heat (at heating).
1
Specified switch capacity and wiring diameter of main
power source used?
Error stop, not operate.
2
Proper grounding work done on outdoor unit?
Electric shock.
3
The phases of the L line (L1, L2, L3) correct?
Error stop, not operate.
4
L line and N line connected correct?
Some electric parts should be damaged.
–49–
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
ON OFF
DAILY
AUTO OFF
CLOCK
CHECK
REMAINDER
1Hr.
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
˚C
FILTER
CHECK MODE
ON OFF
DAILY
AUTO OFF
CLOCK
CHECK
REMAINDER
1Hr.
˚C
FILTER
CHECK MODE
TEST RUN
TEST RUN
STAND BY
DEFROST
˚C
ERROR CODE
TEMP
1
2
STAND BY
DEFROST
LIMIT TEMP.
˚C
ERROR CODE
TEMP
ON/OFF
CLOCK ON OFF
3
NOT AVAILABLE
NOT AVAILABLE
ON/OFF
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
CHECK TEST
PAR-F27MEA
FILTER
CHECK TEST
PAR-F27MEA
TIMER SET
LIMIT TEMP.
Classification
Portion
Transmission
line
1
Erroneous operation, error stop.
Limitation of transmission line length followed? For
example, 200m or less (total length : 500m) at the farthest.
2
1.25mm2 or more transmission line used?
(Remote controller 10m or less 0.75mm2)
Erroneous operation, error stop.
3
2-core cable used for transmission line?
Error stop in case multiple-core
cable is used.
4
Transmission line apart from power source line by 5cm or more? Erroneous operation, error stop.
5
One refrigerant system per transmission line?
6
The short circuit connector is changed form CN41 to
Not operate.
CN40 on the MAIN board when the system is centralized
control? (Just one outdoor unit. Not all outdoor units.)
7
• No connection trouble in transmission line?
Error stop or not operate.
8
Connection of wrong remote controller line terminals?
• MA Remote controller : TB15
• M-NET Remote controller : TB5
Never finish the initial mode.
1
Address setting properly done? (M-NET Remote
controller, indoor unit and outdoor unit.)
Error stop or not operate.
2
Setting of address No. done when shutting off power
source?
Can not be properly set with power
source turned on.
3
Address numbers not duplicated?
Not operate.
4
Turned on SW3-8 on indoor unit circuit board when
mounting room thermistor sensor?
Set temperature not obtained at
heating operations (Thermostat
stop is difficult)
1
Refrigerant piping ball valve (Liquid pressure pipe, gas
pressure pipe) opened?
Error stop.
2
Turn on power source 12 hours before starting operations? Error stop, compressor trouble.
System set
Before starting
Check item
TIMER SET
–50–
Trouble
Not operate.
[2] Test Run Method
Operation procedure
1
Turn on universal power supply at least 12 hours before getting started → Displaying “HO” on display panel for
about two minutes
2
Press TEST RUN button twice → Displaying “TEST RUN’’ on display panel
3
Press
4
Press
select button to change from cooling to heating operation, and vice versa → Make sure that
warm or cold air is blowing out
5
Press
6
Press
7
Make sure that indoor unit fans operate normally
8
Make sure that interlocking devices such as ventilator operate normally if any
9
Press ON/OFF button to cancel test run → Stop operation
selection button → Make sure that air is blowing out
adjust button → Make sure that air blow is changed
or
button to change wind → Make sure that horizontal or downward blow is adjustable.
Note 1:
2:
3:
4:
If check code is displayed on remote controller or remote controller does not operate normally.
Test run automatically stops operating after two hours by activation of timer set to two hours.
During test run, test run remaining time is displayed on time display section.
During test run, temperature of liquid pipe in indoor unit is displayed on remote controller room temperature
display section.
5: When pressing
adjust button, depending on the model, “NOT AVAILABLE” may be displayed on remote
controller. However, it is not a malfunction.
6: When pressing
or
button, depending on the model, “NOT AVAILABLE” may be displayed on
remote controller. However, it is not a malfunction.
–51–
4 GROUPING REGISTRATION OF INDOOR UNITS WITH M-NET REMOTE CONTROLLER
(1) Switch function
• The switch operation to register with the remote controller is shown below:
CENTRALLY CONTROLLED
1Hr
˚C
ON OFF
DAILY
AUTO OFF
CLOCK
FILTER
REMAINDER
CHECK
CHECK MODE
TEST RUN
STAND BY
DEFROST
C Switch to assign
indoor unit address
˚C
ERROR CODE
NOT AVAILABLE
TEMP
LIMIT TEMP.
ON/OFF
F Delete switch
CLOCK ON OFF
G Registered mode
selector switch
FILTER
CHECK TEST
E Confirmation switch
PAR-F27MEA
A Registration/
ordinary mode
selector switch
D Registration switch
TIMER SET
B Registration/
ordinary mode
selector switch
H Switch to assign interlocked unit address
Name
Registration/ordinary
mode selection switch
Symbol
of switch
A+B
Name of actual switch
Description
This switch selects the ordinary mode or registered mode (ordinary
mode represents that to operate indoor units).
* To select the registered mode, press the FILTER +
FILTER +
switch continuously for over 2 seconds under stopping state.
[Note] The registered mode can not be obtained for a while after
powering.
Pressing the FILTER +
switch displays “CENTRALLY
CONTROLLED”.
Switch to assign indoor
unit address
C
Registration switch
D
Confirmation switch
E
Delete switch
F
Registered mode
selector switch
G
Switch to assign
interlocked unit address
H
of TEMP
TEST RUN
This switch assigns the unit address for “INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS
NO.”
This switch is used for group/interlocked registration.
This switch is used to retrieve/identify the content of group and interlocked (connection information) registered.
CLOCK → ON → OFF
This switch is used to retrieve/identify the content of group and interlocked (connection information) registered.
This switch selects the case to register indoor units as group (group
setting mode) or that as interlocked (interlocked setting mode).
for the group setting mode
*The unit address is shown at one spot
while at two spots
for the interlocked setting mode.
of TIMER SET This switch assigns the unit address of “OA UNIT ADDRESS NO.”
–52–
(2) Attribute display of unit
• At the group registration and the confirmation/deletion of registration/connection information, the type (attribute) of the
unit is displayed with two English characters.
Display
Type (Attribute) of unit/controller
Indoor unit connectable to remote controller
Outdoor unit
Local remote controller
System controller (MJ)
[Description of registration/deletion/retrieval]
• The items of operation to be performed by the remote controller are given below. Please see the relating paragraph for
detail.
1 Group registration of indoor unit
• The group of the indoor units and operating remote controller is registered.
• It is usually used for the group operation of indoor units with different refrigerant system.
2 Retrieval/identification of group registration information of indoor units
• The address of the registered indoor units in group is retrieved (identified).
3 Retrieval/identification of registration information
• The connection information of any unit (indoor/outdoor units, remote controller or the like) is retrieved (identified).
4 Deletion of group registration information of indoor units
• The registration of the indoor units under group registration is released (deleted).
5 Deletion of the address not existing
• This operation is to be conducted when “6607” error (No ACK error) is displayed on the remote controller caused by
the miss setting at test run, or due to the old memory remained at the alteration/modification of the group composition.
Caution:
When MELANS (MJ-103MTRA for example) is being connected, do not conduct the group/pair registration using
the remote controller. The group/pair registration should be conducted by MELANS. (For detail, refer to the instruction exclusively prepared for MELANS.)
–53–
(3) Group registration of indoor unit
1) Registration method
• Group registration of indoor unit ........................................................................ 1
The indoor unit to be controlled by a remote controller is registered on the remote controller.
[Registration procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch
(A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode. (See the figure below.)
2 Assign the indoor unit address to “INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS NO.” by operating the
(Room temperature
adjustment) (C).
Then press the TEST RUN switch (D) to register. In the figure below, the “INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS NO.” is being set
to 001.
3 After completing the registration, press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds to
change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
Ordinary mode
• Remote controller under stopping
• “HO” under displaying
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
1
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
1
Group setting mode
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
• Registration complete
▲
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
Indicates the type of unit
(Indoor unit in this case)
2+3
• Registration error
TEMP
CLOCK ON OFF
▼
ON/OFF
FILTER
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
CHECK TEST
PAR-F27MEA
“88” flickers indicating registration error. (when the indoor unit
registered is not existing)
TIMER SET
2 Assign the
address (C)
1 Change to the 3 Press the
registration
registration
mode (A + B)
switch (D)
System example
Indoor units
Group
Remote controller
–54–
• Confirm the indoor unit address No.
• Confirm the connection of the transmission line.
2)
Method of retrieval/confirmation
• Retrieval/confirmation of group registration information on indoor unit ............... 2
The address of the indoor unit being registered on the remote controller is displayed.
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A
+ B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 In order to confirm the indoor unit address already registered, press
switch (E). (See figure below.) When the group
of plural sets is registered, the addresses will be displayed in order at each pressing of
switch (E).
3 After completing the registration, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2
seconds to change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
• Registered
▲
1
TEMP
ON/OFF
CLOCK ON OFF
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
Indicates the type of unit
(Indoor unit in this case)
1
FILTER
• No registration.
CHECK TEST
TIMER SET
▼
PAR-F27MEA
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
Note: Only one address will be displayed
when the registration is one even the
switch is how often pressed
1 Press the switch for confirmation (E)
• Retrieval/confirmation of registration information ................................................ 3
The registered information on a certain unit (indoor unit, outdoor unit, remote controller or the like) is displayed.
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A
+ B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 Operate
switch (G) for the interlocked setting mode. (See figure below.)
3 Assign the unit address of which registration information is desired to confirm with the
(TIMER SET) switch
(H). Then press the
switch (E) to display it on the remote controller. (See figure below.)
Each pressing of
switch (E) changes the display of registered content. (See figure below.)
4 After completing the retrieval/confirmation, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time
for 2 seconds to change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
–55–
• Registered
˚C
(Alternative
display)
˚C
TEMP
ON/OFF
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
CHECK TEST
PAR-F27MEA
2
TIMER SET
▲
˚C
1+2
(Alternative
display)
1 Set the address
2 Press the switch for
confirmation (E)
˚C
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
*
• No registration
Same display will appear when
the unit of “007” is not existing.
▼
˚C
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
3)
Method of deletion
• Deletion of group registration information of indoor unit ...................................... 4
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 Press the
switch (E) to display the indoor unit address registered. (As same as 2)
CLOCK → ON → OFF (F) switch
3 In order to delete the registered indoor unit being displayed on the remote controller, press the
two times continuously. At completion of the deletion, the attribute display section will be shown as “ – – “.
(See figure below.)
Note: Completing the deletion of all indoor units registered on the remote controller returns to “HO” display.
4 After completing the registration, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2
seconds to change to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
• Deletion completed
▲
1
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
In case group registration with other
indoor unit is existing
TEMP
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
“– –” indicates the
deletion completed.
ON/OFF
CLOCK ON OFF
FILTER
1
• Deletion completed
TIMER SET
In case no group
registration with other
indoor unit is existing
1 Press the switch for confirmation (F)
twice continuously.
–56–
▼
CHECK TEST
PAR-F27MEA
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
4)
Deletion of information on address not existing
• Deletion of information on address not existing ................................................... 5
This operation is to be conducted when “6607” error (No ACK error) is displayed on the remote controller caused by
the miss setting at test run, or due to the old memory remained at the alteration/modification of group composition,
and the address not existing will be deleted.
Note: The connection information (connection between indoor unit and outdoor unit) on the refrigerant system can
not be deleted.
An example to delete the system controller of “250” from the indoor unit of “007” is shown below.
[Operation procedure]
1 With the remote controller under stopping or at the display of “HO”, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A
+ B) at the same time for 2 seconds to change to the registration mode.
2 Operate
switch (G) for the interlocked setting mode ( ii ). (See the figure below.)
(TIMER SET) switch (H), and press
3 Assign the unit address existing to “OA UNIT ADDRESS No.” with the
switch (E) to call the address to be deleted. (See the figure below.) As the error display on the remote controller is usually
transmitted from the indoor unit, “OA UNIT ADDRESS No.” is used as the address of the indoor unit.
CLOCK → ON → OFF switch (F) twice. (See the figure below.)
4 Press the
5 After completing the deletion, continuously press the FILTER +
switch (A + B) at the same time for 2 seconds
to return to the original ordinary mode (with the remote controller under stopping).
• Deletion completed
When both indoor
unit and interlocked
unit addresses are
existing
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
3
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
(Alternative
display)
˚C
3
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
▲
(Alternative
display)
˚C
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
▲
*
1 +2
• Deletion completed
˚C
Deletion of
address not
existing
TEMP
▼
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
(Alternative
display)
˚C
ON/OFF
INDOOR UNIT
ADDRESS NO
CLOCK ON OFF
2 Press the switch for
confirmation (E)
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
*
FILTER
CHECK TEST
PAR-F27MEA
ERROR CODE
OA UNIT ADDRESS NO
TIMER SET
3 Press the deletion switch (F) twice
1 Set the address (H)
–57–
5 CONTROL
[1] Control of Outdoor Unit
(1) Initial processing
• When turning on power source, initial processing of microcomputer is given top priority.
• During initial processing, control processing corresponding to operation signal is suspended. The control processing is resumed after initial processing is completed. (Initial processing : Data processing in microcomputer and
initial setting of each LEV opening, requiring approx. 2 minutes at the maximum.)
(2) Control at staring
• In case unit is started within 2 hours after turning on power source at low ambient temperature (+5˚C or less), the
unit does not start operating for 30 minutes at the maximum.
(3)
Bypass, capacity control
• Solenoid valve consists of bypass solenoid valve (SV1, SV2) bypassing between high pressure side and low
pressure sider. The following operation will be provided.
1)
Bypass solenoid valves SV1 and SV2 (both “open” when turned on)
•
•
•
•
SV1
PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-C
PU(H)Y-P200·250YMF-C
PURY-200·250YMF-C
PURY-P200·250YMF-C
:
:
:
:
Y
Y-P
R2
R2-P
Object
SV2
Item
ON (Open)
OFF (Close)
ON (Open)
OFF (Close)
Y
Y-P
R2
R2-P
When starting compressor
Turned on for 4 minutes
Turned on for 4 minutes
❍
❍
❍
❍
After thermost “ON is returned
and after 3 minutes restart
Turned on for 4 minutes
Turned on for 4 minutes
❍
❍
❍
❍
When compressor stops in
cooling or heating mode
Always turned on
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
After operation stops
Turned on for 3 minutes
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
During defrosting operations
Always turned on
Always turned on.
❍
❍
❍
❍
During oil recovery operations
Always turned on.
Always turned on.
❍
❍
Always turned on.
–
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
During 20Hz operations, at
fall in low pressure or low
pressure saturation temperature. (3minutes or more after
starting)
When high pressure rises
(Pd)
–
When Pd
reaches
27.5kg/cm2G
(2.70MPa) or
more
When high pressure rises
(Pd) during 20Hz operations
(3 minutes after starting)
When Pd is
24kg/cm2G
(2.35MPa) or
less 30
seconds
–
When discharge temperature
rises
(3 minutes after starting)
When Ps is 1.5kg/
cm2G (0.15MPa) or
less
When Ps is 2.5kg/
cm2G (0.25MPa) or
more
When low TH2 is
–30˚C or less
When TH2 is
–15˚C or more
When Pd reaches
26.5kg/cm2G
(2.60MPa) or more
When Pd is 23.5kg/
cm2G (2.30MPa) or
less after 30 seconds
When Pd reaches
25.5kg/cm2G
(2.50MPa) or more
When Pd is 23kg/
cm2G (2.25MPa) or
less after 30 seconds
❍
❍
Turned on when high When high pressure
pressure (Pd) ex(Pd) is 20kg/cm2G
ceeds pressure limit (1.96MPa) or less
❍
❍
❍
❍
When temp. exceeds When discharge
130˚C and Pb
temp. is 115˚C or
reaches 15kg/cm2G less
(1.47MPa) or more
❍
❍
❍
❍
Compressor
Bypass
solenoid
valve (SV1)
Start
(4-minute)
Thermo.
OFF
Thermo.
ON
Defrosting time
(*1)
(2-minute)
(4-minute)
–58–
Stop
(3-minute)
❍
❍
(4) Frequency control
• Depending on capacity required, capacity control change and frequency change are performed to keep constant
evaporation temperature in cooling operations, and high pressure saturation temperature in heating operation.
• Frequency change is perfprmed at the rate of 2Hz/second across 20 ~ 105Hz range.
1)
Frequency control starting
• 60Hz is the upper limit for 3 minutes after starting.
• 75Hz is the upper limit within 30 minutes at the first starting compressor after turning on power source.
2)
Pressure limit
The upper limit of high pressure (Pd) is set for each frequency.
When the limit is exceeded, frequency is reduced every 10 seconds.
(Frequency decrease rate (Hz) : 22% of the present value)
<(P)200YMF-C>
<(P)250YMF-C>
3)
Discharge temperature limit
Discharge temperature (Td) of compressor is detected during operation. If the upper limit is exceeded, the frequency
is reduced. (Change rate : 5% of the present value)
• 30 seconds after starting compressor, control is performed every minute.
• Operation temperature is 130˚C.
4)
Periodical frequency control
Frequency controll is periodically performed except for the frequency controls at operation start, status change, and
protection.
1 Cycle of periodical frequency control
Periodical frequency control is performed every minute after the time specified below has passed.
• 20 sec after starting compressor or finishing defrostoing operations
• 20 sec after frequency control by discharge temperature or pressure limit
2 Amount of frequency change
The amount of frequency change is controlled corresponding to evaporation temperature and high pressure
saturation temperature.
3-1 Back up of frequency control by bypass valve (PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-C)
During 20Hz operations, frequency is backed up by turning on (opening) bypass valve (SV2).
• Cooling
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, bypass valve is turned on when TH2 is -30˚C or
less, and turned off when TH2 is –15˚C or more.
• Heating
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, SV2 turned on when high pressure (Pd)
exceeds pressure limit and turned off when Pd falls to 20kg/cm2G (1.96MPa) or less.
ON
▼
▼
OFF
–30˚C
OFF
▼
ON
▼
20kg/cm2G
(1.96MPa)
–15˚C
–59–
22kg/cm2G
(2.16MPa)
3-2 Back up of frequency control by bypass valve (PUHY-P200·250YMF-B, PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C)
During 20Hz operations, frequency is backed up by turning on (opening) bypass valve (SV2).
• Cooling
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, bypass valve is turned on when,
Ps is 1.5kg/cm2G (0.15MPa) or less and turned off when Ps is 2.5kg/cm2G (0.25MPa) or more.
• Heating
During 20Hz operations 3 minutes after starting compressor, SV2 turned on when high pressure (Pd)
exceeds pressure limit and turned off when Pd falls to 20kg/cm2G (1.96MPa) or less.
ON
▼
▼
OFF
2
1.5kg/cm G
(0.15MPa)
OFF
2
▼
ON
▼
20kg/cm2G
(1.96MPa)
2.5kg/cm G
(0.25MPa)
27kg/cm2G
(2.65MPa)
(5) Oil return control (Electronic expansion valve <SLEV>)
• Oil return LEV (SLEV) opening is dependent on compressor frequency and ambient temperature.
• SLEV is closed (0) when compressor stops, and SLEV is set (64) for 10 minutes after starting compressor.
(6) Subcool coil control (electronic expansion valve <LEV1>) : PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-B, PUHY-P200·250YMF-C
• The amount of super heat detected from the bypass outlet temperature of subcool coil (TH8) is controlled to be
within a certain range for each 60 sec.
• The opening angle is corrected and controlled depending on the outlet/inlet temperature of subcool coil (TH5, TH7)
and the discharge temperature.
• However, the valve will be closed (0) at heating and compressor stopping.
• It will fully open at defrosting.
(7) Defrost operation control
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
1) Starting of defrost operations
• After integrated 39 min : P-YMF-C, 43 min : YMF-C of compressor operations, defrosting operations start when – 4˚C
or less : P-YMF-C, –2˚C or less : YMF-C of piping temperature (TH5) is detected for 3 consecutive minutes.
• Forcible defrosting operations start by turning on forcible defrost switch (SW2-7) if 3 minutes have already elapsed
after compressor start or completion of defrosting operations.
2)
Completion of defrosting operations
Defrosting operations stop when 10 min : P-YMF-C, 15 min : YMF-C have passed since start of defrosting operation,
or piping temperature (TH5) reaches 8˚C or more.
(Defrosting operations do not stop for 2 minutes after starting, except when piping temperature exceeds 20˚C.)
3)
Defrosting prohibition
Defrosting operations do not start during oil recovery, and for 10 minutes after starting compressor.
4)
Trouble during defrosting operations
When trouble is detected during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations stop, and defrosting prohibition
time decided by integrated operation time of compressor is set to be 20 minutes.
5)
Change in number of operating indoor units during defrosting operations
• In case number of operating indoor units changes during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations continue,
and control of unit number change is performed after the defrosting operations are finished.
• Even in case all indoor units stop or thermostat is turned off during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations
do not stop until expected defrosting activities are completed.
–60–
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
1) Starting of defrost operations
• After integrated 43 minutes of compressor operations, defrosting operations start when –8˚C : P-YMF-C, –6˚C :
YMF-C or less of piping temperature (TH7) is detected for 3 consecutive minutes.
• Forcible defrosting operations start by turning on forcible defrost switch (SW2-7) if 3 minutes have already elapsed
after compressor start or completion of defrosting operations.
2)
Completion of defrosting operations
Defrosting operations stop when 10 minutes have passed since start of defrosting operation, or piping temperature
(TH5) reaches 8˚C or more.
(Defrosting operations do not stop for 4 minutes after starting, except when piping temperature exceeds (TH5 and
TH7) 20˚C and Pd >10kg/cm2G (0.98MPa).)
3)
Defrosting prohibition
Defrosting operations do not start during oil recovery, and for 10 minutes after starting compressor.
4)
Trouble during defrosting operations
When trouble is detected during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations stop, and defrosting prohibition
time decided by integrated operation time of compressor is set to be 20 minutes.
5)
Change in number of operating indoor units during defrosting operations
• In case number of operating indoor units changes during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations continue,
and control of unit number change is performed after the defrosting operations are finished.
• Even in case all indoor units stop or thermostat is turned off during defrosting operations, the defrosting operations
do not stop until expected defrosting activities are completed.
(8) Control of liquid level detecting heater
Detect refrigerant liquid level in accumulator, and heat refrigerant with liquid level heater for judging refrigerant
amount. 6 steps of duty control is applied to liquid level heater depending on frequency and outdoor air temperature,
1minute after starting compressor.
(9) Judgement of refrigerant amount
Inlet
Outlet
AL=2
LD2
AL=1
Float
LD1
Oil return
LD2 OFF
LD1 ON
AL=1
LD1 OFF
AL=0
LD : Liquid level Detected Switch
–61–
AL=0
LD2 ON
–
AL=2
(10) Refrigerant recovery control (PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C)
Refrigerant recovery is conducted to prevent refrigerant from accumulating in the stopped unit (fan unit), the unit
under cooling mode and that with heating thermostat being turned off.
1)
Start of refrigerant recovery
1 Refrigerant recovery is started when the two items below are fully satisfied.
• 15 minutes has passed after finishing refrigerant recovery.
• The discharge temparature is high.
2)
Refrigerant recovery operation
• Refrigerant is recovered by opening LEV of the objective indoor units (indoor units under stop. fan, and cooling
modes, and that with heating thermostat being turned off) for 30 seconds.
LEV opening at refrigerant recovery
(Indoor unit LEV opening 500 pulse)
LEV opening
before change
30 seconds
Starts
Finish
• The regular capacity control of the outdoor unit and the regular LEV control of the indoor unit are not applied
during refrigerant recovery operation, but are fixed with the value before the recovery operation. These controls will
be conducted one minute after finishing the recovery operation.
• Defrosting operation is prohibited during the recovery operation, and it will be conducted after finishing the recovery operation.
(11) Control of outdoor unit fan and outdoor unit heat exchanger capacity
1 PU(H)Y-200·250YMF-C
1) Control system
Depending on capacity required, control outdoor fan flow rate with phase control, for maintaining evaporation
temperature (0˚C when Pd 15kg/cm2G (1.47MPa), lower than 0˚C when Pd < 15kg/cm2G (1.47MPa) in cooling
operations, and high pressure 18kg/cm2G (1.76MPa) in heating operations.
2) Control
• Outdoor unit fan stops when compressor stops.
• Fan is in full operation for 5 seconds after starting.
• Outdoor unit fan stops during defrosting operations.
2 PUHY-P200·250YMF-B, PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
1) Control system
Depending on capacity required, control outdoor fan flow rate with phase control, for maintaining evaporation
temperature (0˚C) in cooling operations, and high pressure saturated temperature (49˚C) in heating operations.
2) Control
• Outdoor unit fan stops when compressor stops.
• Fan is in full operation for 5 seconds after starting.
• Outdoor unit fan stops during defrosting operations.
–62–
[2] Control of BC Controller
(1) Control of SVA, SVB and SVC
SVA, SVB and SVC are turned on and off depending on connection mode.
Mode
Cooling
Heating
Stop
Defrost
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
SVB
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
SVC
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Connection
SVA
(2) Control of SVM
SVM is turned on and off corresponding to operation mode.
Operation mode
Cooling-only
Cooling-main
Heating-only
Heating-main
Stop
SVM
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
* SVM is not built in depending on models.
(3) Control of LEV
LEV opening (sj) is controlled corresponding to operation mode as follows:
(Number of pulse)
Operation mode
Cooling-only
LEV1
2000
LEV3
Superheat
control *1
Heating-only
Cooling-main
Heating-main
• Liquid level
60
control *3
Differential
Differential
• Differential
Pressure
control
Pressure control
pressure control
*2
*2
*2
60
Stop
2000
60
Control every minute so that superheat amount detected by bypass inlet and oulet
temperatures (TH12, TH15) stay in the specified range.
*1
Superheat
control
*2
Control every minute so that detected differential pressure (PS1, PS3) stay in the
Differential
pressure control specified range.
*3
–
60 or more pulses are sometimes detected because of rise in liquid side pressure (PS1).
* Please confirm that the above parts of BC controllers are being color-corded and shown with the name plate inside
the BC controller unit.
–63–
[3] Operation Flow Chart
(1) Outdoor unit
Start
NO
Normal operations
Trouble observed
Stop
Breaker
turned on
YES
“HO” blinks on the remote
controller
Note : 1
NO
Set indoor address No. to remote
controller
YES
NO
YES
Oil return LEV, SC coil LEV
(PUHY) fully closed
Fan
1.
2.
3.
4.
52C
Inverter output
Outdoor fan
All solenoid valve
Operation
command
Operation
mode
OFF
0Hz
Stop
OFF
Error mode
Cooling-only, Heating-only,
Cooling/heating mixed
Note : 2
YES
Error stop
NO
52C ON
Error code blinks on the
outdoor controller board
Note : 3 Cooling/heating mixed
(only for PURY)
Operation
mode
Cooling (Coolingonly) operations
Note : 4
Operation
mode
Heating (Heatingonly) operations
Cooling-main
operations
Error command to
BC controller
Error code blinks on the
remote controller
Heating-main
operations
Operation mode command to (BC controller) outdoor unit
Note : 1
For about 3 minutes after turning on power source, address and group information of outdoor unit, BC, controller indoor unit,
and remote controller are retrieved by remote controller, during which “HO” blinks on and off on remote controller. In case
indoor unit is not grouped to remote controller, “HO” display on remote controller continues blinking even after 3 minutes after
turning on power source.
Note : 2
Two trouble modes included indoor unit side trouble, (BC controller trouble) and outdoor unit side trouble. In the case of indoor
unit side trouble, error stop is observed in outdoor unit only when all the indoor units are in trouble. However, if one or more
indoor units are operating normally, outdoor unit shows only LED display without undergoing stop.
Note : 3
On PUHY system, operation mode conforms to mode command by indoor unit. However, when outdoor unit is being under
cooling operation, the operation of indoor unit will be prohibited even by setting a part of indoor units under operation, or indoor
unit under stopping or fan mode to heating mode. Reversely when outdoor unit is being heating operation, the same condition
will be commenced.
On PURY system, operation mode conforms to mode command by BC controller.
Note : 4
In case BC controller issues cooling/heating mixed operation mode, outdoor unit decides operation mode of cooling-main
operation or heating-main operation.
–64–
(2) BC controller (for PURY)
Start
NO
Normal operations
Trouble observed
Stop
Breaker
turned on
YES
NO
Operation
command
YES
1. Operation mode judgement
(cooling-only, heating-only,
cooling/heating mixed)
2. Transmission to outdoor unit
Receiving operation mode
command from outdoor unit
Note : 1
Error mode
YES
NO
Error stop
Cooling/heating mixed
Fan
Operation mode
Error code blinks on the
outdoor controller board
Operation mode
Solenoid valve OFF,
LEV fully closed.
Error command to
BC controller
Operation mode
Error code blinks on the
remote controller
Cooling-only
operations
Note : 1
Heating-only
operations
Cooling-main
operations
Heating-main
operations
Two error modes include indoor unit side trouble, BC controller trouble, and outdoor unit side trouble. In the case of indoor
unit side trouble, error stop is observed in the concerned indoor unit only, and in the cases of BC controller and outdoor unit
side troubles, error stop is observed in all the indoor units, BC controller, and outdoor unit.
–65–
(3) Indoor unit
Start
Breaker
turned on
Normal operations
Trouble observed
Stop
NO
YES
Operation SW
turned on
YES
NO
Note :1
1. Protection function
self-holding cancelled.
2. Indoor unit LEV fully
closed.
Remove controller
display extinguished
Note :2
Error mode
NO
YES
Operation mode
Error stop
only for PURY
Error code blinks on
the remote controller
Cooling mode
Error command
to outdoor unit
Cooling
display
Heating
mode
Dry mode
Cooling/heating
automatic mode
Fan mode
Dry display
Cooling/heating
automatic display
Fan display
FAN stop
YES
Drain pump
ON
NO
Indoor unit LEV
fully closed
Note :1
3-minute drain
pupm ON
Heating
display
Note :3
Prohibition
YES
Prohibition
NO
NO
Cooling
operations
Heating
operations
Error code
blinks on the
outdoor
controller board
YES
Note :3
Prohibition
NO
Dry
operation
YES
Note :3
Prohibition
YES
NO
Cooling/heating
automatic
operations
Fan
operations
Prohibition “Remote
controller blinking”
Note : 1
Indoor unit LEV fully closed : Opening 60
Note : 2
Two error modes include indoor unit trouble, (BC controller trouble) and outdoor unit side trouble. In the case of indoor unit
trouble, error stop is observed in the concerned indoor unit only, and in the cases of (BC controller and) outdoor unit side
troubles, error stop is observed in all the indoor units connected.
Note : 3
“Prohibition” status is observed (when several indoor units are connected to one connection, of BC controller and) when
connection mode is different from indoor unit operation mode. (Operation mode display on the remote controller blinks on
and off, fan stops, and indoor unit LEV is fully closed.)
–66–
(4) Cooling operation
Cooling operation
Normal operations
Test run
Stop
4-way valve OFF
Indoor unit fan
operations
Test run start
YES
NO
NO
Thermostat ON
YES
YES
3-minute
restart
prevention
NO
1. Inverter output 0Hz
2. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV,
Subcool coil bypass LEV fully
closed
3. Solenoid valve OFF
4. Outdoor unit fan stop
5. BC controller solenoid valve OFF
(PURY)
6. BC controller LEV fully closed
(PURY)
1. Inverter frequency control
2. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
control
3. Solenoid valve control
4. Outdoor unit fan control
5. BC controller solenoid valve control
(PURY)
6. BC controller LEV control (PURY)
–67–
(5) Heating operation
Heating operation
Note : 1
Note : 2
Defrosting
operation
Normal operations
Defrosting operations
Stop
Test run
YES
NO
4-way valve OFF
4-way valve ON
Test run start
YES
NO
NO
Thermostat ON
YES
YES
1. Indoor unit fan stop
2. Inverter defrost frequency control
3. Indoor unit LEV fully opened, oil
return LEV fully closed
4. Solenoid valve control
5. Outdoor unit fan stop
6. BC controller solenoid valve control
(PURY)
7. BC controller LEV control (PURY)
3-minute
restart
prevention
NO
1. Indoor unit fan very low speed
operations
2. Inverter output 0Hz
3. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
fully closed
4. Solenoid valve OFF
5. Outdoor unit fan stop
6. BC controller solenoid valve
OFF (PURY)
7. BC controller LEV fully closed
(PURY)
Note : 1
1. Indoor and outdoor unit fan
control
2. Inverter frequency control
3. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
control
4. Solenoid valve control
5. BC controller solenoid valve
control (PURY)
6. BC controller LEV control
(PURY)
When outdoor unit starts defrosting, it transmits defrost operations command to (BC controller and) indoor unit, and the
indoor unit starts defrosting operations.
Similarly when defrosting operation stops, indoor unit returns to heating operation after receiving defrost end command of
outdoor unit.
Note : 2 1 PUHY-(P)200·250YMF-C
Defrosting start condition : After integrated 39 minutes : P-YMF-C, 43 minutes : YMF-C of compressor operations,
and – 4˚C : P-YMF-C, –2˚C : YMF-C or less outdoor unit coil temperature.
Defrosting end condition : After 10 minutes : P-YMF-C, 15 minutes : YMF-C of defrosting operation or the outdoor unit
coil temperature having risen to 8˚C or more.
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
Defrosting start condition : After integrated 43 minutes of compressor operations, and –8˚C:P-YMF-C, –6˚C:YMF-C or
less outdoor unit coil temperature. (TH7)
Defrosting end condition : After 15 minutes of defrosting operation or the outdoor unit coil temperature (TH5 and TH7)
having risen to 8˚C or more.
–68–
(6) Dry operation
Dry operations
Normal operations
Thermostat ON
Stop
4-way valve OFF
Test run start
YES
Note : 2
Thermostat ON
NO
NO
Inlet temp.
18˚C
YES
Note : 1
1. Indoor unit fan stop
2. Inverter output 0Hz
3. Indoor unit LEV, oil return LEV
closed
4. Solenoid valve OFF
5. Outdoor unit fan stop
6. BC controller solenoid valve OFF
(PURY)
7. BC controller LEV fully closed
(PURY)
1. Outdoor unit (Compressor) intermittent operations
2. Indoor unit fan intermittent operations
YES
(Synchronized with compressor :
low speed, OFF operations)
Note : 1
When indoor unit inlet temperature exceeds 18˚C, outdoor unit (compressor) and indoor unit fan start intermittent operations
synchronously. Operations of outdoor unit, BC controller (PURY), indoor unit LEV and solenoid valve accompanying
compressor are the same as those in cooling operations.
Note : 2
Thermostat is always kept on in test run, and indoor and outdoor unit intermittent operation (ON) time is a little longer than
normal operations.
–69–
[4] List of Major Component Functions
Name
Symbol
(function)
Application
Specification
Compres- MC
sor
Adjust refrigerant circulation by
controlling operating frequency and
capacity control valve with operating
pressure.
Low pressure shell scroll type
with capacity control mechanism
Winding resistance:
Each phase 0.388Ω (20˚C)
High
pressure
sensor
1) High press. detection.
2) Frequency control and high
pressure protection
63HS
63HS
Connector
Low
pressure
sensor
Pressure
switch
63LS
63H
Outdoor unit
Thermistor TH1
(discharge)
1) Detects low pressure
2) Calculates the refrigerant circulation configuration.
3) Protects the low pressure
63LS
Connector
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
Pressure
0~10 kg/cm2G
(0~0.98MPa)
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
• PU(H)YP200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
Gnd (black)
Vout (white)
Vc (DC5V) (red)
1) High pressure detection
2) High pressure protection
Setting 30kg/cm2G
(2.94MPa) OFF
Continuity check
1) Discharge temperature detection
2) High pressure protection
R120=7.465kΩ
B25/120=4057
Resistance value
check
20˚C
30˚C
40˚C
50˚C
60˚C
Rt = 7.465exp
{4057( 1 -
: 250kΩ
: 160kΩ
: 104kΩ
: 70kΩ
: 48kΩ
70˚C
80˚C
90˚C
100˚C
110˚C
:
:
:
:
:
34kΩ
24kΩ
17.5kΩ
13.0kΩ
9.8kΩ
273+t
TH5
(piping
temperature)
R0=15kΩ
B0/100=3460
Rt =
1
15exp{3460(
1) Frequency control
2) Defrost control and liquid level
detection at heating
:
:
:
:
:
:
Resistance value
check
1
1
)}
273+t 273+0
Subcool coil bypass LEV (LEV1)
TH8
(subcool coil control
bypass outlet
temperature)
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
• PURYP200·250YMF-C
92kΩ
55kΩ
33kΩ
20kΩ
13kΩ
8.2kΩ
273+t
0˚C
TH6 (outdoor 1) Outdoor air temperature detection 10˚C
air tempera- 2) Fan control, liquid level heater,
20˚C
and opening setting for oil return 25˚C
ture)
30˚C
40˚C
Subcool coil bypass LEV (LEV1)
TH7
(subcool coil control
outlet
temperature)
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
1
)}
273+120
R0=33kΩ
B0/100=3965
Rt =
33exp{3965(
-20˚C
-10˚C
0˚C
10˚C
20˚C
30˚C
Object
Pressure
0~30 kg/cm2G
(0~2.94MPa)
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
Gnd (black)
Vout (white)
Vc (DC5V) (red)
1) Detects the saturated vapor
TH2
temperature.
(low pressure
2) Calculates the refrigerant circulasaturation
tion configuration.
temperature)
3) Controls the compressor frequency.
4) Controls the outdoor unit’s fan air
volume.
TH9
Check method
-
1
)}
273+0
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
: 15kΩ
: 9.7kΩ
: 6.4kΩ
: 5.3kΩ
: 4.3kΩ
: 3.1kΩ
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
1) Detects the CS circuit fluid
temperature.
2) Calculates the refrigerant
circulation configuration.
• PU(H)YP200·250YMF-C
• PURYP200·250YMF-C
–70–
Name
Symbol
(function)
Thermistor TH10
(P-YMF-C
only)
Application
Specification
1) Detects the compressor shell
temperature.
2) Provides compressor shell
overheating protection.
R120=7.465kΩ
B25/120=4057
Rt =
7.465exp
{4057( 1 273+t
20˚C
30˚C
40˚C
50˚C
60˚C
Outdoor unit
THHS
Solenoid
valve
Indoor unit
R50=17kΩ
B25/50=4170
Rt =
17exp{4170(
-20˚C
-10˚C
0˚C
10˚C
20˚C
30˚C
40˚C
70˚C
80˚C
90˚C
100˚C
110˚C
: 34kΩ
: 24kΩ
: 17.5kΩ
: 13.0kΩ
: 9.8kΩ
50˚C
60˚C
70˚C
80˚C
90˚C
100˚C
: 17.0kΩ
: 11.5kΩ
: 8.0kΩ
: 5.7kΩ
: 4.1kΩ
: 3.0kΩ
1) High/low press. bypass at starting/ AC 220~240V
stopping and capacity control at
Open at energizing and
low load
close at deenergizing
2) Discharge press. rise suppression
SV2
(discharge suction
bypass)
Capacity control and high press. rise
suppression (backup for frequency
control)
SV3 ~ 5
Control of heat exchanger capacity.
SV3 ~ 6
Control of heat exchanger capacity.
Adjustment of liquid refrigerant (oil)
return foam accumulator
LEV1
(SC coil)
Adjustment bypass flow rate from
outdoor unit liquid line at cooling.
LD1
LD2
Detection of refrigerant liquid level in
accumulator
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250
YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250
YMF-C
1
1
)}
273+t 273+50
: 605.0kΩ
: 323.3kΩ
: 180.9kΩ
: 105.4kΩ
: 63.8kΩ
: 39.9kΩ
: 25.7kΩ
• Continuity check
by tester
• Temperature of
inlet and outlet.
• PU(H)YP200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
DC12V stepping motor drive
Valve opening 0~480 pulse
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
LD2
LD1
5.1kΩ
5.1kΩ
Resistance value
check
2 3 4
CN05
Linear
LEV
expansion
valve
1) Adjust superheat of outdoor unit
heat exchanger outlet at cooling.
2) Adjust subcool of indoor unit heat
exchanger at heating.
DC12V
Opening of stepping motor
driving valve
60~2,000 pulses
Continuity check
with tester for
white-red-orange
yellow-brown-blue
Thermistor TH21
(inlet air
temperature)
Indoor unit control (thermostat)
R0 = 15kΩ
B0/100 = 3460
Resistance value
check
1) Indoor unit control (freeze
prevention, hot adjust, etc.)
2) LEV control in heating operation
(Subcool detection)
Rt =
1
15exp {3460 (
TH22
(piping
temperature)
TH23
(gas side
piping
temperature)
LEV control in cooling operation
(Superheat detector)
Object
• PU(H)YP200·250
YMF-C
• PURYP200·250
YMF-C
1
)}
273+120
SV1
(discharge suction
bypass)
SLEV
Linear
expansion
valve
Liquid
level
detection
switch
1) Detects the inverter cooling fin
temperature.
2) Provides inverter overheating
protection.
3) Controls the control box cooling
fan.
: 250kΩ
: 160kΩ
: 104kΩ
: 70kΩ
: 48kΩ
Check method
1
)}
273+t 273+0
0°C
10°C
20°C
25°C
30°C
40°C
–71–
: 15kΩ
: 9.7kΩ
: 6.4kΩ
: 5.3kΩ
: 4.3kΩ
: 3.1kΩ
• PU(H)Y(P)200·250YMF-C
• PURY(P)200·250YMF-C
Name
Pressure
sensor
Symbol
(function)
PS1
Application
Specification
1) Liquid pressure (high-pressure)
detection
2) LEV control
PS1
PS3
Connector
PS3
1) Intermediate pressure detection
2) LEV control
Check method
Pressure
0~30 kg/cm2G
(0~2.94MPa)
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
Gnd (black)
Vout (white)
Vc (DC5V) (red)
LEV control (liquid refrigerant control) R0=15kΩ
B0/100=3460
Rt =
1
1
15exp{3460( 273+t - 273+0 )}
TH12
LEV control (superheat control)
(bypass outlet
0˚C : 15kΩ
pressure)
10˚C : 9.7kΩ
20˚C : 6.4kΩ
TH15
LEV control (superheat control)
25˚C : 5.3kΩ
(bypass outlet
30˚C : 4.3kΩ
temperature)
40˚C : 3.1kΩ
BC controller
Thermistor TH11
(liquid inlet
temperature)
Solenoid
valve
TH16
(bypass inlet
temperature)
LEV control (subcool control)
SVM *1
Opens for cooling-only, defrosting.
SVA
AC 220~240V
Open when energized
Supplies refrigerant to cooling indoor Closed when de-energized
unit.
SVB
Supplies refrigerant to heating indoor
unit.
SVC
Supplies refrigerant to cooling indoor
unit.
Electronic LEV1
expansion
valve
LEV3
Liquid level control
pressure control
Continuity check
by a tester
12V DC stepping motor drive Same as LEV of
0 to 2000 valve opening
indoor unit.
pulse
Liquid level control
pressure control
*1. SVM is not built in depending on models.
–72–
Object
[5] Resistance of Temperature Sensor
Thermistor for low temperature
Thermistor Ro= 15kΩ ± 3% (TH3 ~ 9)
1
1
)}
Rt = 15exp {3460 (
273+t
Thermistor R120 = 7.465kΩ ± 2% (TH1, 10)
1
1
Rt = 7.465exp {4057 ( 273+t - 273+120 )}
273+0
25
50
20
Resistance (kΩ)
Resistance (kΩ)
40
30
20
15
10
5
10
0
0
–20 –10
0
10
20
30
40
90
50
Temperature (˚C)
100
110
Temperature (˚C)
Thermistor R50 = 17kΩ ± 2% (THHS)
1
1
Rt = 17exp {4170 ( 273+t - 273+50 )}
Resistance (kΩ)
Resistance (kΩ)
Thermistor Ro = 33kΩ ± 1% (TH2)
1
1
Rt = 33exp {3965 ( 273+t - 273+0 )}
Temperature (˚C)
Temperature (˚C)
–73–
120
6 REFRIGERANT AMOUNT ADJUSTMENT
Clarify relationship between the refrigerant amount and operating characteristics of CITY MULTI, and perform service
activities such as decision and adjustment of refrigerant amount on the market.
[1] Refrigerant Amount and Operating Characteristics
The followings are refrigerant amount and operating characteristics which draw special attention.
1
During cooling operations, required refrigerant amount tends to increase (refrigerant in accumulator decreases)
in proportion to increase in the number of operating indoor units. However, the change of increase rate is small.
2
During heating operations, liquid level of accumulator is the highest when all the indoor units are operating.
3
Discharge temperature hardly changes when increasing or decreasing refrigerant amount with accumulator
filled with refrigerant.
During cooling operations, discharge temperature tends to rise at
overload than low temperature.
4
Tendency of
discharge
temperature
During heating operations, discharge temperature tends to rise at low Comparison including
temperature than overload.
control system
The lower operating frequency is, the higher discharge temperature
tends to become of deteriorated compressor efficiency.
5
Compressor shell temperature is 20~70 degrees higher than low pressure saturation temperature (Te) when
refrigerant amount is appropriate.
→ Judged as over replenishment when temperature difference from low pressure saturation temperature (Te)
is 10 degrees or less.
[2] Adjustment and Judgement of Refrigerant Amount
(1) Symptom
The symptoms shown in the table below are the signs of excess or lack of refrigerant amount. Be sure to adjust
refrigerant amount in refrigerant amount adjustment mode, by checking operation status, judging refrigerant amount,
and performing selfdiagnosis with LED, for overall judgement of excess or lack of refrigerant amount.
1
Emergency stop at 1500 remote controller display (excessive
refrigerant replenishment)
2
Operating frequency does not fully increase, thus resulting in
insufficient capacity
3
Emergency stop at 1102 remote controller display (discharge
temperature trouble)
4
Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at
1501. (insufficient refrigerant)
Excessive refrigerant replenishment
Insufficient refrigerant replenishment
–74–
Insufficient refrigerant
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
(2) Refrigerant Volume Adjustment Operation (PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C)
1) Operating Characteristics Refrigerant Volume
Characteristic items related to operating characteristics and the refrigerant volume are shown below.
1
If the number of indoor units in operation increases during cooling, the required volume of refrigerant tends to
increase (the amount of refrigerant in the accumulator tends to decrease), but the change is minimal.
2 The liquid level in the accumulator is at its highest when all the indoor units are operating during heating.
3 If there is refrigerant in the accumulator, even if the volume of refrigerant is increased or decreased, there is practically no change in the outlet temperature.
During cooling, the discharge temperature rises more easily when there is an
overload than when the temperature is low.
Tendency of
4 discharge
Temperature
During heating, the discharge temperature rises more easily when the temperature is low than when there is an overload.
Comparison
when control is
included.
The lower the operating frequency, the less efficient the compressor is, making it
easier for the discharge temperature to rise.
5 The compressor shell temperature becomes 20~70 deg. higher than the low pressure saturation temperature (TH2)
if the refrigerant volume is appropriate. If the difference with the low pressure saturation temperature (TH2) is 10 deg.
or less, it can be judged that the refrigerant is overcharged.
2) Adjusting and Judging the Refrigerant Volume
1 Symptoms
Overcharging with refrigerant can be considered as the cause of the following symptoms. When adjusting the
refrigerant volume, be sure that the unit is in the operating condition, and carry out refrigerant volume judgment and
self-diagnosis by the LED’s, judging overall whether the volume of refrigerant is in excess or is insufficient. Perform
adjustments by running the unit in the refrigerant volume adjustment mode.
1
Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at 1500 (refrigerant
overcharge).
Refrigerant overcharge
2 The operating frequency doesn’t rise high enough and capacity is not achieved.
3 Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at 1102 (outlet
temperature overheating).
4
Emergency stop occurs when the remote control display is at 1501 (insufficient
refrigerant).
Insufficient refrigerant
Insufficient refrigerant
2 Refrigerant Volume
a Checking the Operating Condition
Operate all the indoor units on cooling or on heating, checking the discharge temperature, sub-cooling, low pressure saturation temperature, inlet temperature, shell bottom temperature, liquid level, liquid step, etc. and rendering
an overall judgment.
Judgement
Condition
1
Outlet temperature is high. (125°C or higher)
2
Low pressure saturation temperature is extremely low.
3
Inlet superheating is high (if normal, SH = 20 deg or lower).
4
Shell bottom temperature is high (the difference with the low pressure saturation
temperature is 70 deg. or greater)
5
Shell temperature is low (the difference with the low pressure saturation temperature is 10 deg. or lower).
6
Dischange superheating is low (if normal, SH = 20 deg or higher).
–75–
Refrigerant volume tends toward
insufficient.
Rifrigerant volume tends toward
overcharge.
b
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
Check the refrigerant volume by self-diagnosis using the LED.
Set the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) as shown below and check the past information (history) concerning the
refrigerant volume.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Set SW1 as shown in he figure at right.
ON
If LD8 lights up, it indicates the refrigerant charge abnormal delay state just before emergency stop due to refrigerant overcharge (1500).
3 Additional Refrigerant Charge Volume
At the time of shipping from the factory, the outdoor unit is charged with the amount of coolant shown in the following table, but since no extension piping is included, please carry out additional charging on-site.
Outdoor Unit Model Name
Refrigerant Charge Volume
PU(H)Y-200YMF-C PU(H)Y-P200YMF-C PU(H)Y-250YMF-C PU(H)Y-P250YMF-C
6.5kg
7.0kg
8.0kg
8.5kg
Calculation Formula
Calculate the additional refrigerant volume by calculating the size of the extension liquid piping and its length (units: m).
(kg) = (0.12 × L1) + (0.06 × L2) + (0.024 × L3) + α
Additional Refrigerant Volume
L1:
L2:
L3:
α:
Length of ø12.7 liquid pipe (m)
Length of ø9.52 liquid pipe (m)
Length of ø6.35 liquid pipe (m)
refer to the calculation table.
In the calculation results, round up fractions smaller than 0.01 kg. (Example: 18.54 kg → 18.6 kg)
(α Calculation Table)
Total Capacity of
Connected Indoor Units
~90
91 ~180
181 ~370
α
1.0 kg
1.5
2.0
Caution : (PUHY-P200·250YMF-C)
When charging with refrigerant, be sure to charge from the liquid side. If charging from the gas side, it will cause
the refrigerant composition to change inside the unit and the composition of the refrigerant remaining in the
canister will also change.
–76–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
3) Refrigerant Volume Adjustment Mode Operation
1 Procedure
Depending on the operating conditions, it may be necessary either to charge with supplementary refrigerant, or to
drain out some, but if such a case arises, please follow the procedure given below flow chart.
Notes 1
As the refrigerant volume can not be adjusted in the heating mode, retrieve the refrigerant, evacuate air and then fill the specified volume of refrigerant if it is necessary to adjust the refrigerant
volume in the winter season.
Notes 2
A refrigerant volume adjustment performed in the cooling mode must be done with a gauge reading of 13 kg/cm2G or
higher.
If the pressure does not reach refrigerant cannot be collected halfway.
Therefore, collect used refrigerant and evacuate the unit completely, and then fill new refrigerant up to a specified
quantity.
Notes 3
Judgment by the AL is at best only a rough guideline. Please do not add refrigerant based on the
AL reading alone. (Be sure to obtain calculations of the correct amount before adding refrigerant.)
When supplementing the refrigerant volume, please be careful to charge with liquid refrigerant.
Notes 4
TH1 Self-diagnosis Switch
TH5 Self-diagnosis Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
TH7 Self-diagnosis Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Tc Self-diagnosis Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Pd (High pressure)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Using these, judge TH1, Tc - TH5 and Tc - TH7.
–77–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
In case of PUHY-200, 250YMF-C
Adjustment starts.
YES
NO
Start cooling operation of all indoor
units in a test run mode. Note 1
Note 1) As the refrigerant volume can not be adjusted in the heating mode,
retrieve the refrigerant, evacuate air and then fill the specified
volume of refrigerant if it is necessary to adjust the refrigerant
volume in the winter season.
Has the
compressor been
operated for more than
30min?
Was the operation
condition stabilized?
Is the
thermostat turned
on/off in order for the indoor
unit to prevent from
frosting?
The high pressure
> 13kg/cm2G?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
TH1 ≤ 115˚C?
Stop the refrigerant volume adjustment
and retrieve the refrigerant. After
evacuating air, fill the specified volume of
refrigerant.
3 ≤ TH8-TH2 ≤ 13deg?
TH8-TH2>13deg?
Are all indoor
units SHs more
than 2deg?
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
Is the LEV opening
degree stable when SH
< 2deg?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
3deg ≤ Tc-TH5 ≤ 10deg?
Tc-TH5 < 3deg?
Retrieve the refrigerant little by little
from the low-pressure side service
port.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
Tc-TH7 > 15deg?
TH1-Tc > 25deg?
TH1 ≤ 110˚C?
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the
refrigerant and make a judgement.
Retrieve the refrigerant little by little
from the low-pressure side service
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the
port.
refrigerant and make a judgement.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the
refrigerant and make a judgement.
Adjustment completed.
Caution :
• Do not let the drained out refrigerant escape to the outside atmosphere.
• Always be sure to charge with refrigerant from the liquid phase side. (PUHY-P200·250YMF-C)
–78–
*Operate for 5
minutes after
adjusting the
refrigerant
and make a
judgement.
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
In case of PUHY-P200, 250YMF-C
Adjustment starts.
YES
NO
Start cooling operation of all indoor
units in a test run mode. Note 1
Note 1) As the refrigerant volume can not be adjusted in the heating mode,
retrieve the refrigerant, evacuate air and then fill the specified
volume of refrigerant if it is necessary to adjust the refrigerant
volume in the winter season.
Has the
compressor been
operated for more than
30min?
Was the operation
condition stabilized?
Is the
thermostat turned
on/off in order for the indoor
unit to prevent from
frosting?
The high pressure
> 13kg/cm2G?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
TH1 ≤ 115˚C?
Stop the refrigerant volume adjustment
and retrieve the refrigerant. After
evacuating air, fill the specified volume of
refrigerant.
7 ≤ TH8-TH2 ≤ 17deg?
TH8-TH2>17deg?
Are all indoor
units SHs more
than 6deg?
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
Is the LEV opening
degree stable when SH
< 6deg?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
3deg ≤ Tc-TH5 ≤ 10deg?
Tc-TH5 < 3deg?
Retrieve the refrigerant little by little
from the low-pressure side service
port.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
Tc-TH7 > 15deg?
TH1-Tc > 25deg?
TH1 ≤ 110˚C?
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the
refrigerant and make a judgement.
Retrieve the refrigerant little by little
from the low-pressure side service
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the
port.
refrigerant and make a judgement.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the
refrigerant and make a judgement.
Adjustment completed.
Caution: (PUHY-P200·250YMF-C)
Always be sure to charge with refrigerant from the liquid phase side.
–79–
*Operate for 5
minutes after
adjusting the
refrigerant
and make a
judgement.
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
(3) Refrigerant Amount Adjustment Mode Operations (PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C)
1 Procedure
Depending on the operating conditions, it may be necessary either to charge with supplementary refrigerant, or to
drain out some, but if such a case arises, please follow the procedure given below flow chart.
Notes 1
As the refrigerant volume can not be adjusted in the heating mode, retrieve the refrigerant, evacuate air and then fill the specified volume of refrigerant if it is necessary to adjust the refrigerant
volume in the winter season.
Notes 2
A refrigerant volume adjustment performed in the cooling mode must be done with a gauge reading of 13 kg/cm2G or
higher.
If the pressure does not reach refrigerant cannot be collected halfway.
Therefore, collect used refrigerant and evacuate the unit completely, and then fill new refrigerant up to a specified
quantity.
Notes 3
Judgment by the AL is at best only a rough guideline. Please do not add refrigerant based on the
AL reading alone. (Be sure to obtain calculations of the correct amount before adding refrigerant.)
When supplementing the refrigerant volume, please be careful to charge with liquid refrigerant.
Notes 4
TH1
SC11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
SC16
Pd (High pressure)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
–80–
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
In case of PURY-200, 250YMF-C
YES
Adjustment starts.
NO
Start cooling operation of all indoor
units in a test run mode. Note 1
Note 1) As the refrigerant volume can not be adjusted in the heating mode,
retrieve the refrigerant, evacuate air and then fill the specified
volume of refrigerant if it is necessary to adjust the refrigerant
volume in the winter season.
Has the
compressor been
operated for more than
30min?
Was the operation
condition stabilized?
Is the
thermostat turned
on/off in order for the indoor
unit to prevent from
frosting?
The high pressure
> 13kg/cm2G?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
Stop the refrigerant volume adjustment
and retrieve the refrigerant. After
evacuating air, fill the specified volume
of refrigerant.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
TH1 ≤ 115˚C?
Are all indoor
units SHs more
than 2deg?
Is the LEV opening
degree stable when SH
< 2deg?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
5deg ≤ SC11?
Note 2
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
10 ≤ SC16 ≤ 30deg?
Note 3
30deg < SC16?
Retrieve the refrigerant little by little
from the low-pressure side service
port.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
TH1 ≤ 110˚C?
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
Note 2) SC11 : Liquid refrigerant sub-cool for BC controller inlet
Note 3) SC16 : Liquid refrigerant sub-cool for BC controller outlet
Adjustment completed.
–81–
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-B
In case of PURY-P200, 250YMF-C
YES
Adjustment starts.
NO
Start cooling operation of all indoor
units in a test run mode. Note 1
Note 1) As the refrigerant volume can not be adjusted in the heating mode,
retrieve the refrigerant, evacuate air and then fill the specified
volume of refrigerant if it is necessary to adjust the refrigerant
volume in the winter season.
Has the
compressor been
operated for more than
30min?
Was the operation
condition stabilized?
Is the
thermostat turned
on/off in order for the indoor
unit to prevent from
frosting?
The high pressure
> 13kg/cm2G?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
Stop the refrigerant volume adjustment
and retrieve the refrigerant. After
evacuating air, fill the specified volume
of refrigerant.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
TH1 ≤ 115˚C?
Are all indoor
units SHs more
than 6deg?
Is the LEV opening
degree stable when SH
< 6deg?
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
5deg ≤ SC11?
Note 2
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
10 ≤ SC16 ≤ 30deg?
Note 3
30deg < SC16?
Retrieve the refrigerant little by little
from the low-pressure side service
port.
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
*Operate for 5 minutes after adjusting the refrigerant and make a judgement.
TH1 ≤ 110˚C?
Fill refrigerant little by little from the
low-pressure side service port.
Note 2) SC11 : Liquid refrigerant sub-cool for BC controller inlet
Note 3) SC16 : Liquid refrigerant sub-cool for BC controller outlet
Adjustment completed.
–82–
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
1 Time required for recovering refrigerant from low pressure service port (minute)
Low pressure
(kg/cm2G) (MPa)
3.5~4.5
(0.34~0.44)
4.5~5.5
(0.44~0.54)
5.5 ~ 7.5
(0.54~0.74)
1
4.0
3.5
3.5
2
8.0
7.0
6.5
3
12.0
10.5
10.0
4
16.0
14.0
13.0
5
20.0
18.0
16.5
6
24.0
21.5
19.5
7
28.0
25.0
23.0
8
32.0
28.5
26.0
9
36.0
32.0
29.5
10
40.0
35.5
32.5
11
44.0
39.0
36.0
Refrigerant amount
to be drawn out (kg)
2 Additional evacuation, refrigerant replacement, and refrigerant replacement
R2 series has unique refrigerant circuit structure which makes possible 2-pipe cooling-heating simultaneous
operations. Therefore, in the case of total replacement or replenishment of refrigerant in this system, the following
evacuation and refrigerant replenishment procedures are required.
1 Perform evacuation by connecting to system analyzer joint of service port of high pressure ball valve and high
pressure charge plug, and joint of service port of low pressure ball valve and low pressure charge plug.
2 Perform refrigerant charge from low pressure circuit only, after finishing evacuation, closing vacuum pump valve,
shutting off high pressure circuit of system analyzer, and opening valve of refrigerant cylinder.
(In case service port of ball valve and charge plug can not be jointed as shown in the figure, use two vacuum
pumps and evacuate high pressure side and low pressure side circuits separately.)
Note 1: Though refrigerant gas itself is harmless, airtight room should be opened before gas release for preventing
oxygen shortage.
2: When releasing gas, use blotting paper, etc. so that oil spouted with the gas does not spread out.
D
E
LO
F
K
J
HI
L
N
M
A
S
O
T
P
R
C
B
G
Q
P-YMF-B
H
R
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Ball valve of the high pressure side
Service port
Ball valve of the low pressure side
Charge plug
High pressure
Low pressure
Evacuation
Evacuation
Replenish of refrigerant
System analyzer
Lo knob
Hi knob
3-way joint
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
–83–
Valve
Valve
Flon 22 cylinder
R407C cylinder
Scale
Vacuum pump
P-YMF-B : Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow
check valve
A high-precision gravimeter measurable up to 0.1kg
should be used. If you are unable to prepare such a
high-precision gravimeter, you may use a charge
cylinder.
7 TROUBLESHOOTING
[1] Principal Parts
Pressure Sensor
(1) Judging Failure
1) Check for failure by comparing the sensing pressure according to the high pressure/low pressure pressure sensor
and the pressure gauge pressure.
Turn on switches 1, 3, 5, 6 (High) and 2, 4, 5, 6 (Low) of the digital display select switch (SW1) as shown below, and
the sensor pressure of the high pressure/low pressure sensors is displayed digitally by the light emitting diode LD1.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
High Pressure
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Low Pressure
ON
1
In the stopped condition, compare the pressure readings from the gauge and from the LD1 display.
(a) If the gauge pressure is 0~1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), the internal pressure is dropping due to gas leakage.
(b) If the pressure according to the LD1 display is 0~1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), there is faulty contact at the connector, or it is disconnected. Proceed to 4.
(c) If the pressure according to the LD1 display is 32 kg/cm2G (3.14MPa) or higher, proceed to 3.
(d) If other than (a), (b) or (c), compare the pressure readings during operation. Proceed to 2.
2
Compare the pressure readings from the gauge and from the LD1 display while in the running condition.
(a) If the difference between the two pressures is within 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), both the affected pressure sensor
and the main MAIN board are normal.
(b) If the difference between the two pressures exceeds 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa), the affected pressure sensor is
faulty (deteriorating performance).
(c) If the pressure reading in the LD1 display does not change, the affected pressure sensor is faulty.
3
Disconnect the pressure sensor from the MAIN board and check the pressure according to the LD1 display.
(a) If the pressure is 0~1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa) on the LD1 display, the affected pressure sensor is faulty.
(b) If the pressure is 32 kg/cm2G (3.14MPa) (in the case of the low pressure sensor, 10 kg/cm2G (0.98MPa)) or
higher, the MAIN board is faulty.
4
Disconnect the pressure sensor from the MAIN board and short out the No. 2 and No. 3 pins of the connector
(63HS, 63LS), then check the pressure by the LD1 display.
(a) If the pressure according to the LD1 display is 32 kg/cm2G (3.14MPa) (in the case of the low pressure sensor,
10 kg/cm2G (0.98MPa)) or higher, the affected pressure sensor is faulty.
(b) If other than (a), the MAIN board is faulty.
2) Pressure sensor configuration.
The pressure sensors are configured in the circuit shown in the figure at right. If DC 5 V is applied between the red
and black wires, a voltage corresponding to the voltage between the white and black wires is output and this voltage
is picked up by the microcomputer. Output voltages are as shown below.
High Pressure
Low Pressure
0.1 V per 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa)
0.3 V per 1 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa)
63HS/
63LS
Vout 0.5~3.5 V
Connector
GND (Black)
Vout (White)
Vcc (DC5V) (Red)
–84–
* Connector connection specifications on the pressure sensor body side.
The connector’s pin numbers on the pressure sensor body side differ from the pin numbers on the main circuit board
side.
Sensor Body Side
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Vcc
Vout
GND
MAIN Board Side
Pin 3
Pin 2
Pin 1
Solenoid Valve (SV1, SV2) (PU(H)Y-200, 250YMF-C)
Check if the control board’s output signals and the operation of the solenoid valves match.
Setting the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) as shown in the figure below causes the ON signal of each relay to be output to
the LED’s.
Each LED shows whether the relays for the following parts are ON or OFF. When a LED lights up, it indicates that the
relay is ON.
SW1
LED
1
2
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
4
5
SV1
SV2
6
7
8
1) In the case of SV1 (Bypass Valve)
(a) When the compressor starts, SV1 is ON for 4 minutes, so check operation by whether the solenoid valve is
emitting an operating noise.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
2) In the case of SV2 (Bypass)
(a) SV2 goes ON in accordance with the rise in the high pressure in the cooling mode and heating mode, so check
its operation by the LED display and the operating noise emitted by the solenoid valve.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
PU(H)Y-P200, 250YMF-C
LED
1
2
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
4
5
6
7
SV1
SV2
SV3
SV4
8
1) In the case of SV1 (Bypass Valve)
(a) When the compressor starts, SV1 is ON for 4 minutes, so check operation by whether the solenoid valve is
emitting an operating noise.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
2) In the case of SV2 (Bypass)
(a) SV2 goes ON in accordance with the rise in the high pressure in the cooling mode and heating mode, so check
its operation by the LED display and the operating noise emitted by the solenoid valve.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
3) SV3, 4 (Control of heat exchanger capacity)
(a) Operations can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because one or more of
SV3, 4 are turned on depending on conditions during cooling-only operations.
–85–
Solenoid Valve (SV1~6) (PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C)
Check if the control board’s output signals and the operation of the solenoid valves match.
Setting the self-diagnosis switch (SW1) as shown in the figure below causes the ON signal of each relay to be output to
the LED’s.
Each LED shows whether the relays for the following parts are ON or OFF. When a LED lights up, it indicates that the
relay is ON.
SW1
LED
1
2
3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
4
5
6
7
SV1
SV2
SV3
SV4
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
SV5
SV6
1) In the case of SV1 (Bypass Valve)
(a) When the compressor starts, SV1 is ON for 4 minutes, so check operation by whether the solenoid valve is
emitting an operating noise.
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
2) In the case of SV2 (Bypass)
(a) SV2 goes ON in accordance with the rise in the high pressure in the cooling mode and heating mode, so check
its operation by the LED display and the operating noise emitted by the solenoid valve.
(Conditions during operation: See Control of Outdoor Unit.)
(b) Changes in the operating condition by solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature of the
bypass circuit and the sound of the refrigerant.
3) SV3 ~ 6 (Control of heat exchanger capacity)
(a) Operations can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because one or more of
SV3 ~5 are turned on depending on conditions during cooling-only operations.
(b) Operation can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because all of SV3 ~ 5 are
turned on during heating-only operations.
(c) Operations can be confirmed by LED display and operating sound of solenoid valve, because one or more of
SV3 ~6 are turned on depending on conditions during cooling-principal and heating-principal operations.
–86–
(d) The refrigerant flow is as following figure. Hot gas (high pressured) flows in cooling mode and cool gas/liquid
(low pressured) flows in heating mode. Please refer to the Refrigerant Circuit Diagram.
And, ON/OFF of Solenoid valve is depends on the amount of running indoor units, ambient temperature and so
on. So please check by LED Monitor Display.
The SV coil is taken off, then it is possible to open caps and check plungers. But the special tool which is on the
Service Parts List is needed.
* Closed torque : 13kg·m (1.3N·m)
–87–
Outdoor LEV
The valve opening angle changes in proportion to the number of pulses.
(Connections between the outdoor unit’s MAIN board and SLEV, LEV1 (PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C))
Pulse Signal Output and Valve Operation
Output states
Output (phase)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ø1
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
ø2
ON
ON
ø3
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF
ø4
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
OFF
Output pulses change in the following orders when the
Valve is Closed
1→2→3→4→5→6→7→8→1
Valve is Open
8→7→6→5→4→3→2→1→8
* 1. When the LEV opening angle does not change, all the
output phases are off.
2. When the output is out of phase or remains ON
continuously, the motor cannot run smoothly, but move
jerkily and vibrates.
Valve Opening Angle (Flow Rate)
LEV Valve Closing and Valve Opening Operations
*
When the power is switched ON, a 520 pulse valve
opening signal is output to make sure the valve’s
position, so that it is definitely at point A. (The pulse
signal is output for approximately 17 seconds.)
*
When the valve operates smoothly, there is no sound
from the LEV and no vibration occurs, but when the
valve is locked, it emits a noise.
*
Whether a sound is being emitted or not can be
determined by holding a screwdriver, etc. against it,
then placing your ear against the handle.
*
If there is liquid refrigerant inside the LEV, the sound
may become lower.
Valve Closing
Valve Opening
Fully Open
480 pulses
Pulse Count
–88–
Judgment methods and likely failure mode
Caution:
The specifications of the outdoor unit (outdoor LEV) and indoor unit (indoor LEV) differ. For this reason, there are
cases where the treatment contents differ, so follow the treatment specified for the appropriate LEV as indicated in
the right column.
Failure Mode
Microcomputer
driver circuit
failure
Judgment Method
Treatment
1 Disconnect the control board connector and connect
the check LED as shown in the figure below.
Indoor, BC controller
Outdoor
Affected LEV
In the case of driver circuit
failure, replace the control
board.
Indoor
BC controller
Replace the LEV.
Indoor
BC controller
Outdoor
Outdoor
When the base power supply is turned on, the indoor LEV
outputs pulse signals for 10 seconds, the outdoor LEV
outputs pulse signals for 17 seconds, and BC controller
outputs pulse signals for 10-20 seconds.
If the LED does not light up, or lights up and remains on,
the driver circuit is abnormal.
LEV mechanism
is locked.
1 If the LEV is locked up, the drive motor turns with no
load and a small clicking sound is generated.
Generation of this sound when the LEV is fully closed
or fully open is abnormal.
The LEV motor
Measure the resistance between the coils (red - white, red Replace the LEV coils.
coils have a
- orange, brown - yellow, brown - blue) using a tester. They
disconnected wire are normal if the resistance is within 150Ω ± 10%.
or is shorted.
Replace the LEV coils.
Measure the resistance between the coils (gray - orange,
gray - red, gray - yellow, gray - black) using a tester. They
are normal if the resistance is within 46Ω ± 3%.
Indoor
BC controller
Fully closed
failure (valve
leaks)
1 If you are checking the indoor unit’s LEV, operate the
indoor unit’s blower and the other indoor units in the
cooling mode, then check the piping temperatures
(liquid pipe temperatures) of the indoor units by the
operation monitor through the heat source unit’s
control board. When the fan is running, the linear
expansion valve is fully closed, so if there is leakage,
the temperature sensed by the
Thermistor
thermistor (liquid pipe temperature
liquid pipe
sensor) will become low. If the
(temperatemperature is considerably low
ture sensor)
compared to the remote control’s
Linear
intake temperature display, it can
Expansion
be judged that there is a fully
Valve
closed failure. In the case of
minimal leakage, it is not necessary to replace the
LEV if there are no other effects.
If there is a large amount of
leakage, replace the LEV.
Indoor
BC controller
Faulty wire
connections in
the connector or
faulty contact.
1 Check for pins not fully inserted on the connector and
check the colors of the lead wires visually.
2 Disconnect the control board’s connector and conduct
a continuity check using a tester.
Check the continuity at the
places where trouble is found.
Indoor
BC controller
Outdoor
–89–
Outdoor
Outdoor LEV (SLEV) Coil Removal Procedure (configuration)
As shown in the figure, the outdoor LEV is made in such a way that the coils and the body can be separated.
Coils
Body
Stopper
Indentation for
Stopper
(12 places around
the circumference)
Lead Wires
<Removing the Coils>
Fasten the body tightly at the bottom (Part A in the figure) so
that the body will not move, then pull out the coils toward the
top. If they catch on the stopper and are difficult to take out,
turn the coils left and right until the stoppers are free from the
stopper indentations, then pull the coils out.
If you take out the coils only without gripping the body, undue
force will be applied to the piping and the pipe may be bent
over, so be sure to fasten the body in such a way that it will not
move.
Part A
<Installing the Coils>
Fasten the body tightly at the bottom (Part A in the figure) so
that the body will not move, then insert the coils from the top,
inserting the coils’ stopper securely in one of the indentations
on the body. (There are four indentations for the stopper on
the body around its circumference, and it doesn’t matter which
indentation is used. However, be careful not to apply undue
force to the lead wires or twist them around inside the body.) If
the coils are inserted without gripping the body, it may exert
undue force on the piping, causing it to become bent, so be
sure to hold the body firmly so that it won’t move when installing the coils.
Part A
–90–
Check Valves Block (PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C)
The refrigerant flow in the pipe 6, 7, 8 and 9 are depend on ON/OFF of the SV3, 4, 5 and 6.
Please confirm by LED monitor display.
You can open the cap of valve A, B and C, but 3 types of hexagon socket screw keys. The size is as follows.
* Closed torque : A : 1.7kg·m (0.17N·m)
B : 20kg·m (2.0N·m)
C : 13kg·m (1.3N·m)
–91–
Intelligent Power Module (IPM)
Measure resistances between each terminal of IPM with tester, and use the results for troubleshooting. Specified
resistance value is dependent on tester type to be used for resistance measurement, because diode inside IPM has
non-linearity, thus difference of impedance and voltage in tester being influential. As the internal impedance of
resistance range of analog tester equals to the center value of meter indication, the affect of internal impedance can
be minimized if the tester having close center value of resistance range. Because internal voltage is normally 1.5V,
the tester to be used for troubleshooting of IPM should satisfy the following conditions.
Internal voltage
1.5V (Power source : one dry cell battery)
Central value of resistance range
10 ~ 40Ω
The measured values for troubleshooting are shown in the table below.
(Use the minimum range for tester resistance range.)
• External view
• Internal circuit diagram
P
3
1
4
7
10
2
16
Pre-Driver
U
1
6
B
5
P
Pre-Driver
V
4
9
8
N
V
W
U
Pre-Driver
W
7
11
13
Pre-Driver
10
• Judged value
14
Tester
+
Tester –
P
P
U
V
W
N
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
2~
100Ω
2~
100Ω
2~
100Ω
2~
2~
2~
2~
100Ω 100Ω 100Ω 100Ω
U
V
W
N
15
Pre-Driver
Pre-Driver
B
12
∞
∞
N
16
Over heating
protection circuit
Diode stack
Perform continuity check with tester. Judged as normal if the following characteristics are observed.
(Use the minimum range for tester resistance range.)
Tester ⊕
Tester 1
+
–
10~50Ω
∞
2
10~50Ω
∞
3
10~50Ω
∞
+
–
1
∞
10~50Ω
2
∞
10~50Ω
3
∞
10~50Ω
Tester 1
2
Tester ⊕
3
+
1
2
3
–
–92–
(2) Trouble and remedy of remote controller
Symptom
1
Despite pressing of
remote controller
switch, operation
does not start with
no electronic sound.
(No powering signal
appears.)
2
At about 10 seconds
after turning remote
controller operation
switch ON, the
display distinguishes
and the operation
stops.
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1) M-NET transmission power source is not supplied
a) Check transmission terminal block of
from outdoor unit.
remote controller for voltage.
1 Main power source of outdoor unit is not
i) In case of 17 ~ 30V
connected.
→ Faulty network remote controller
2 Slipping off of connector on outdoor unit circuit
ii) In case of less than 17V
board.
→ See “Transmission Power Circuit
Main board : CNS1, CNVCC3
(30V) Check Procedure”.
INV board
: CNAC2, CNVCC1, CNL2
3 Faulty power source circuit of outdoor unit.
• Faulty INV board,
• Blown fuse (F1 on INV board)
• Broken diode stack
• Broken resistor (R1) for rush current protection
The cause of 2) and 3) is
2) Short circuit of transmission line.
displayed with self-diagnosis
3) Erroneous wiring of M-NET transmission line at outdoor unit.
LED for 7102 error.
1 Transmission line disconnection or slipping off from terminal
block.
2 Erroneous connection of indoor/outdoor transmission line to
TB7.
4) Slipping off of transmission wiring at remote controller.
5) Faulty remote controller.
1) Power source is not fed to indoor unit from transformer.
1 Main power source of indoor unit is not turned on.
2 Slipping off of connector (CND, CNT, CN3T) on indoor controller board.
3 Blown fuse on indoor controller board.
4 Faulty or disconnected transformer of indoor unit.
5 Faulty indoor controller board.
2) Faulty outdoor control circuit board or being out of control.
As normal transmission is failed between indoor and outdoor units, outdoor unit model can not be
recognized.
Checking method & countermeasure
Check indoor unit
power source terminal
block voltage
Check indoor LED3
AC 220~240V?
Lighting?
Lighting
Extinguishing or
unable to confirm
NO
Check main power source
of power source wiring.
YES
Check 220V~240V
circuit for short circuit
and ground fault.
YES
Improper connector
connection
Apply power
source again.
YES
Check fuse on circuit
board
Blown?
NO
Check connector slipping
off (CND, CNT, CN3T)
Slipped off?
NO
Check transformer
resistance value
*1
NO
Within rated?
YES
Check for the change of LED
display by operating dip switch
SW1 for self-diagnosis.
Check cause of transformer disconnection.
•Ground fault on circuit
board
•Ground fault on
sensor, LEV
Check self-diagnosis
function of outdoor unit
Changed?
NO
Check self-diagnosis function after powering outdoor unit again.
Changed?
YES
YES
Faulty indoor
controller board
Casual
trouble
NO
Faulty outdoor unit
control circuit board
Repair
faulty point.
*1 Check the transformer in accordance with the “TROUBLE SHOOTING” in the indoor unit’s service handbook.
–93–
3
Symptom
Cause
“HO” display on remote controller does
not disappear and
switch is ineffective.
(Without using MELANS)
1) Outdoor unit address is set to “000.”
2) Erroneous address.
1 Address setting miss of indoor unit to be coupled with remote controller.
(Indoor unit = remote controller - 100.)
2 Address setting miss of remote controller.
(Remote controller = indoor unit + 100.)
3) Faulty wiring of transmission terminal block TB5 of indoor unit in the same group with remote
controller.
4) Centralized control SW2-1 of outdoor unit is turned ON.
5) Setting to interlocking system from indoor unit (Switch 3-1 = OFF), while Fresh Master is intended to
use by remote controller operation (indoor unit attribute).
6) Disconnection or faulty wiring of indoor unit transmission line.
7) Disconnection between indoor unit M-NET transmission line terminal block (TB5) and connector
CN2M.
8) More than 2 sets of power supply connector (CN40) are inserted into centralized control transmission line of outdoor unit.
9) Faulty outdoor unit control circuit board.
10)Faulty indoor controller board.
11)Faulty remote controller.
(Interlocking control with MELANS)
12)No grouping registration from MELANS (Neglecting to set the relation between indoor unit and
network remote controller).
13)Slipping off of centralized control transmission line (TB7) at outdoor unit.
14)At system connected with MELANS, power supply connector (CN40) is inserted to centralized
control transmission line of outdoor unit.
Checking method & countermeasure
In case no MELANS used
Same symptom for all
units in a single refrigerant system?
NO
Confirm address of remote
controller with “HO” displayed
YES
Check outdoor unit
address
51 ~ 100?
NO
Address setting
miss of remote
controller
Outdoor unit
address setting miss
Indoor unit + 100?
YES
Check address of
coupling indoor unit
Check centralized
control switch SW2-1 at
outdoor unit
ON?
NO
YES
Indoor address
setting miss
Switch setting
miss
Make it ON
→ OFF
Remote controller
-100?
YES
Check voltage of indoor unit MNET transmission terminal block
Faulty outdoor unit
control circuit board
Transmission line
wiring miss of indoor unit M-NET
17 ~ 30V?
YES
Check connection between indoor unit M-NET transmission terminal block (TB5) and connector CN2M
Slipping off of
CN2M
connector
YES
Slipping off?
NO
Check Fresh Master SW3-1
Setting miss of
Fresh Master
SW3-1
NO
ON?
YES
Faulty indoor controller board
or remote controller
Repair spot
in trouble
In case with MELANS used
When MELANS is used, “HO” display on the remote controller will disappear at the group registration of the indoor unit and local
remote controller.
If “HO” does not disappear after the registration, check the items 12) ~ 14) in the Cause column.
–94–
4
Symptom
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
“88” appears on remote controller at the
registration and
access remote
controller
[Generates at registration and confirmation]
1) Erroneous address of unit to be coupled.
2) Slipping off of transmission line of unit to be coupled
(No connection).
3) Faulty circuit board of unit to be coupled.
4) Installation miss of transmission line.
a) Confirm the address of unit to be
coupled.
b) Check the connection of transmission
line.
c) Check the transmission terminal block
voltage of unit to be coupled.
i) Normal if voltage is DC17 ~ 30V
ii) Check the item d) in case other than i).
[Confirmation of different refrigerant system controller]
5) Breaking of power source of outdoor unit to be
confirmed.
6) Slipping off of centralized control transmission line
(TB7) of outdoor unit.
7) Power supply connector (CN40) is not inserted into
centralized control transmission line in grouping
with different refrigerant system without using
MELANS.
8) More than 2 sets of power supply connector are
inserted into the centralized control transmission line
of outdoor unit.
9) In the system connected with MELANS, power
supply connector (CN40) is inserted into the
centralized control transmission line of outdoor unit.
10)Short circuit of centralized control transmission line.
d) Confirm the power source of outdoor unit
to be coupled with the unit to be
confirmed.
e) Confirm that the centralized control
transmission line (TB7) of outdoor unit is
not slipped off.
f) Confirm the voltage of centralized control
transmission line.
i) Normal in case of 10V ~ 30V
ii) Check the items 7) ~ 10) left in case
that other than i).
–95–
Transmission Power Circuit (30 V) Check Procedure
If “ ” is not displayed by the remote control, investigate the points of the trouble by the following procedure and correct it.
No.
Check Item
1
Disconnect the transmission line from TB3
and check the TB3 voltage.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Judgment
Response
DC24~30 V
Check the transmission line for the following, and
correct any defects.
Broken wire, short circuit, grounding, faulty
contact.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 2
Check if the following connectors are
disconnected in the outdoor unit’s control
box.
MAIN Board: CNS1, CNVCC3, CNVCC4
INV Board: CNVCC2, CNVCC4, CNL2,
CNR, CNAC2
Connector disconnected
Connect the connectors as shown on the electric
wiring diagram plate.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 3
Disconnect the wires from CNVCC3 on the
Main board and check the voltage between
pins 1 and 3 on the wire side of the
CNVCC3.
Tester + ..... 1 pin
Tester - ..... 3 pin
DC24~30 V
Check the wiring between CNS1 and TB3 for the
following, and correct any defects.
Broken wire, short circuit, grounding, faulty
contact.
If there is no trouble, replace the Main board.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 4
DC24~30 V
Check the wiring between CNVCC2 and
CNVCC3 for the following, and correct any
defects.
Broken wire, short circuit, grounding, faulty
contact.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 5
Disconnect the wiring from CNL2 on the
INV board, and check the resistance at
both ends of choke coil L2.
0.5~2.5Ω
to No. 6
Except the above-mentioned
Replace choke coil L2.
Disconnect the wiring from CNR on the INV
board, and check the resistance at both
ends of R7.
19~25Ω
to No. 7
Except the above-mentioned
Replace R7.
Check the resistance at both ends of F01
on the INV board.
0Ω
to No. 8
Except the above-mentioned
Replace F01
AC198~264 V
Replace the INV board.
Except the above-mentioned
to No. 9
AC198~264 V
Check the wiring to CNAC2 for the following and
correct any defects.
Broken wire, faulty contact.
Except the above-mentioned
Check the power supply wiring and base power
supply, and correct any defects.
Disconnect the wiring from CNVCC2 on the
INV board and check the voltage between
pins 1 and 3 of CNVCC2.
Tester + ..... 1 pin
Tester - ..... 3 pin
Check the voltage between pins 1 and 3 of
CNAC2 on the INV board.
Check the voltage between L2 and N on
power supply terminal block TB1.
–96–
(3) Investigation of transmission wave shape/noise
Control is performed by exchanging signals between outdoor unit, indoor unit and remote controller by M-NET
transmission. If noise should enter into the transmission line, the normal transmission will be hindered causing
erroneous operation.
1) Symptom caused by the noise entered into transmission line
Cause
Erroneous operation
Noise entered into
transmission line
2)
Error code
Signal changes and is misjudged as the signal of other
address.
6600
Transmission wave shape changes to other signal due to
noise.
6602
Transmission wave shape changes due to noise, and can
not be received normally thus providing no reply (ACK).
6607
Transmission can not be made continuously due to the
entry of fine noise.
6603
Transmission can be made normally, but reply (ACK) or
answer can not be issued normally due to noise.
6607
6608
Method to confirm wave shape
No fine noise allowed
<with transmission>
*1
VHL
VBN
52 µs 52 µs 52 µs 52 µs 52 µs
Logical value “0” Logical value “1”
No fine noise allowed *1
<without transmission>
Check the wave shape of transmission line with an oscilloscope to confirm that the following conditions are being
satisfied.
1 The figure should be 104µs/bit ± 1%.
2 No finer wave shape (noise) than the transmission signal (52µs ± 1%) should be allowed. *1
3 The sectional voltage level of transmission signal should be as follows.
Logic value
Transmission line voltage level
0
VHL = 2.0V or more
1
VBN = 1.3V or less
*1 However, minute noise from the DC-DC converter or inverter operation may be picked up.
–97–
3) Checking and measures to be taken
(a) Measures against noise
Check the items below when noise can be confirmed on wave shape or the error code in the item 1) is generated.
Checking for wiring method
Items to be checked
Measures to be taken
1 Wiring of transmission and power lines in
crossing.
Isolate transmission line from power line (5cm or more).
Never put them in a same conduit.
2 Wiring of transmission line with that of other
system in bundle.
Wire transmission line isolating from other transmission line.
Wiring in bundle may cause erroneous operation like crosstalk.
3 Use of shield wire for transmission line (for
both indoor unit control and centralized
control).
Use specified transmission wire.
Type
:
Shield line CVVS/CPEVS
Wire diameter :
1.25mm2 or more
4 Repeating of shield at the repeating of
transmission line with indoor unit.
The transmission line is wired with 2-jumper system. Wire the shield
with jumper system as same for transmission line.
When the jumper wiring is not applied to the shield, the effect against
noise will be reduced.
5 Are the unit and transmission lines grounded
Connect to ground as shown in the INSTALLATION MANUAL.
as instructed in the INSTALLATION MANUAL?
Check for earthing
6 Earthing of the shield of transmission line (for
indoor unit control) to outdoor unit.
One point earthing should be made at outdoor unit.
Without earthing, transmission signal may be changed as the noise on
the transmission line has no way to escape.
7 Arrangement for the shield of transmission line For the shield earth of the transmission line for centralized control, the
(for centralized control).
effect of noise can be minimized if it is from one of the outdoor units in
case of the group operation with different refrigerant systems, and from
the upper rank controller in case the upper rank controller is used.
However, the environment against noise such as the distance of transmission line, the number of connecting sets, the type of connecting controller, and the place of installation, is different for the wiring for centralized control. Therefore, the state of the work should be checked as follows.
a) No earthing
• Group operation with different refrigerant systems
One point earthing at outdoor unit
• Upper rank controller is used
Earthing at the upper rank controller
b) Error is generated even though one point earth is being connected.
Earth shield at all outdoor units.
Connect to ground as shown in the user’s manual.
(b) When the wave height value of transmission wave shape is low, 6607 error is generated, or remote controller is
under the state of “HO.”
Items to be checked
Measures to be taken
8 The farthest distance of transmission line is
exceeding 200m.
Confirm that the farthest distance from outdoor unit to indoor unit/
remote controller is less than 200m.
9 The types of transmission lines are different.
Use the transmission wire specified.
Type of transmission line
:
Wire dia. of transmission line :
Shield wire CVVS/CPEVS
1.25mm2 or more
0 No transmission power (30V) is being supplied Refer to “Transmission Power Supply (30V) Circuit Check Procedure.”
to the idoor unit or the remote control.
A Faulty indoor unit/remote controller.
Replace outdoor unit circuit board or remote controller.
–98–
4) Treatment of Inverter and Compressor Troubles
If the compressor does not work when error codes 4240, 4250, 4340 or 4350 are detected, determine the point of
malfunction by following the steps in the LED monitor display and countermeasures depending on the check
code displayed, then perform the procedures below.
No.
Check Item
Symptoms
Treatment
How many hours was the
power kept on before
1 operation?
1 If it was kept on for 12 hours or
longer as specified.
Go to [2].
2 It was kept on for less than the
specified period.
Go to [2] after keeping the power on for the
specified time.
When it is restarted, does
the trouble reappear?
1 The compressor stops and the
same error code is displayed.
Perform the check of wiring shown in the
explanation of each error code.
2
3 Run the outdoor unit with
1 The Inverter stops and the same
error code is displayed.
the wiring to the compressor
disconnected. At this time,
change SW1-1 on the INV 2 If the inverter’s output voltage is
output with good balance, *1.
board to ON.
Note) The terminals of the 3
disconnected wires should
be isolated from each other.
3 If the balance in the inverter’s
output voltage is not good or if the
inverter’s output voltages are all 0 V
(a digital tester cannot be used) *1.
Check the IPM is faulty. (Go to “Individual
Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”)
Check the coil resistance and insulation
resistance of the compressor, and if it is
normal, run it again, and if the trouble occurs
again, replace the compressor.
* Insulation resistance : 2MΩ or more
Coil resistance
: 0.359 ~ 0.716Ω
Check the IPM.
Judge that the IPM is faulty. (Go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”)
If the IPM is normal, replace the G/A board,
then perform this item again with SW1-1 ON.
If the problem is not solved, replace the INV board.
If the problem is solved and you connect the
compressor again, turn SW1-1 OFF again.
Check the compressor’s coil resistance and
insulation resistance.
*1 [Cautions when measuring the voltage and current of the inverter’s power circuit.]
Since the voltage and current on the inverter’s power supply side and its output side do not have a sine waveform, the
measurement values will differ depending on the measuring instrument and the circuit measured.
In particular, as the inverter’s output voltage has a pulse waveform, the output frequency also changes, so differences in
measurement values will be great depending on the measuring instrument.
1
When checking if the inverter’s output voltage is unbalanced or not (relative comparison of the voltages between
each of the lines), if you are testing with a portable tester, be sure to use an analog tester.
Use a tester of a type which can be used to judge if the IPM or diode module is faulty.
In particular, in cases where the inverter’s output frequency is low, there are cases where the variations in measured
voltage values between the different wires will be great when a portable digital tester is used, when in actuality they
are virtually equal, and there is danger of judging that the inverter is faulty.
2
It is recommended when checking the inverter’s output voltage values (when measuring absolute values), that, if a
measuring device for business frequencies is used, a rectified voltage meter (with a
symbol) be used.
Correct measurement values cannot be obtained with an ordinary portable tester. (either analog or digital)
–99–
5) Treatment of Fan Motor Related Troubles
Condition
Possible Cause
Check Method and Treatment
1 It won’t run for 20 minutes 1) The power supply voltage
or longer when the AK
is abnormal.
value is 10%. (When
the MAIN board’s SW1 is
set as shown below, the
AK value is displayed by
the service LED.)
2) Wiring is faulty.
SW1 = 1110001000
2 The fan motor’s vibration
is great.
If there is an open phase condition before the breaker, after
the breaker or at the power supply terminal blocks TB1A or
TB1B, correct the connections.
If the power supply voltage deviates from the specified
range, connect the specified power supply.
For the following wiring, 1 check the connections, 2 check
the contact at the connectors, 3 check the tightening torque
at parts where screws are tightened, 4 check the wiring
polarity, 5 check for a broken wire and 6 check for grounding.
TB1A~NF~TB1B~CNTR1~T01~CNTR
TB1B~CNPOW, CNFAN~CN04~CNMF
CNFC1~CNFC2
* Check if the wiring polarity is as shown on the wiring
diagram plate.
3) The motor is faulty.
Measure the resistance of the motor’s coils: 20~60Ω
Measure the motor’s insulation resistance with a megger:
10 MΩ (DC 500 V) or more
4) A fuse (F1, F2, F3) is
defective.
If a fuse is defective, replace it.
5) The transformer (T01) is
defective.
Judge that T01 is faulty. Go to “Individual Parts Failure
Judgment Methods.”
6) The circuit board is faulty. If none of the items in 1) to 5) is applicable, and the trouble
reappears even after the power is switched on again,
replace the circuit board using the following procedure.
(When replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect the
connectors and ground wire, etc. securely.)
1 Replace the FANCON board only. If it recovers, the
FANCON board is defective.
2 Replace the FANCON board and replace the MAIN
board. If it recovers, the MAIN board is defective.
3 If the trouble continues even after 1 and 2 above, then
both boards are defective.
–100–
6) Troubleshooting at breaker tripping
Check items
Measures to be taken
1 Check the breaker capacity.
The breaker’s capacity should be proper.
2 Check the a short circuit or grounding in the electrical
system other than the inverter.
Correct any defects.
3 Check the resistance between terminals on the terminal
block TB1A for power source.
Check each part inside the inverter power circuit
(resistance, megohm or the like).
a) Diode stack
Refer to “Troubleshooting of diode stack.”
b) IPM
Refer to “Troubleshooting of IPM.”
c) Rush current protection resistor
d) Electromagnetic contactor
e) DC reactor
* For c) ~ e), refer to “Individual Parts Failure Judgement Methods.”
1 0 ~ several ohms or improper megohm value
4 Checking by powering again.
1 Main power source circuit breaker tripping
2 No display of remote controller
5 Operational check by operating air conditioner
1 Normal operation without breaker tripping.
a) As there is a possibility of instantaneous short
circuit generated, find the mark of the short circuit
for repair.
b) When a) is not applicable, the compressor may be
faulty.
2 Breaker tripping
The ground fault of inverter output/compressor can
be supposed.
Disconnect the wiring to the compressor and check
the insulation resistance of the following parts with
a megger.
a) Compressor terminals.
b) Inverter output.
–101–
7)
Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.
Part Name
Judgment Method
Diode Stack (DS)
Refer to “Judging Diode Stack Failure.”
Intelligent Power Module(IPM)
Refer to “Judging IPM Failure.”
Electromagnetic Contactor (52C)
Measure the resistance value at each terminal.
A2
A1
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Check Location
Judgment Value
A1-A2
0.1k~1.3kΩ
1/L1-2/T1
3/L2-4/T2
5/L3-6/T3
∞
Rush Current Protection Resistor (R1, 5)
Measure the resistance between terminals: 4.5k~5.5kΩ
DC Reactor (DCL)
Measure the resistance between terminals: 1 Ω or lower
Measure the resistance between the terminals and the chassis: ∞
Cooling Fan (MF1)
Measure the resistance between terminals: 0.1k~1.5kΩ
Transformer (T01)
Measure the resistance between terminals on the primary side (CNTR1):
1.0k~2.5kΩ
Measure the resistance between terminals on the secondary side (CNTR):
20~60Ω
AC Current sensor (ACCT)
Measure the resistance between terminal between 1pin and 2pin, 3pin and
4pin : 35 ~ 45 (Ω)
[Caution at replacement of inverter parts]
1
IPM and G/A board should be replaced together at the same time.
When the IPM is damaged, the G/A board may possibly be broken, and the use of the broken G/A board damages
the normal IPM. Therefore, replace the IPM and G/A board together at the same time. However, if the G/A board is
damaged, judge that the IPM is faulty, then judge whether replacement is necessary or not.
2
Fully check wiring for incorrect and loose connection.
The incorrect or loose connection of the power circuit part wiring like IPM and diode module causes to damage the
IPM. Therefore, check the wiring fully. As the insufficient tightening of screws is difficult to find, tighten them together
additionally after finishing other works. For the wiring of the base for IPM, observe the wiring diagram below carefully as it has many terminals.
3
Coat the grease for radiation provided uniformly onto the radiation surface of IPM /diode modules.
Coat the grease for radiation on the full surface in a thin layer, and fix the module securely with the screw for
fastening. As the radiation grease attached on the wiring terminal causes poor contact, wipe it off if attached.
–102–
Motor
(Compressor)
Red
White
Black
IPM
U
V
W
N
Black
P
Red
G/A board
–103–
Capacitor
(C2,C3)
(4) Troubleshooting the major components of the BC controller
1) Pressure sensor
Pressure sensor troubleshooting flow
START
Note 1
Check pressure sensor, PS1,
PS3, connectors for disconnection, looseness, or incorrect attachment.
No
OK?
Take corrective action.
Yes
No
Unit running?
Note 2
Yes
Check on the LED monitor display.
• TH2 or LPS of outdoor unit.
• HPS of outdoor unit
• PS1, PS3 of BC controller and
confirm the following relationship
HPS > PS1 PS3 > TH2 or LPS
(puressure calculated value)
OK?
No
Check that refrigerant piping and transmission line
connections are in agreement between outdoor
unit and BC controller.
Yes
Stop the unit (compressor OFF).
No
At least
10 minutes passed since
stopping?
No
Yes
Note 2
OK?
Correct refrigerant
piping and transmission line.
Yes
Check PS1, PS3 on LED
monitor display and confirm
that none of the detected
pressure values is below
1kg/cm2G (0.098MPa).
No
OK?
Note 3
Check for the faulty connector on applicable pressure
sensor.
Yes
HPS PS1 PS3 TH2
or LPS (pressure calculated value) (The difference is less than 1kg/
cm2G (0.098MPa)
OK?
OK?
Yes Note 4
Confirm the
following relationship PS1
PS3?
No
Yes
Yes
Pressure
No
range within 0 to 1kg/cm2G
(0.098MPa)
Short connectors 2 and 3 on the
board and check the pressure.
Check that refrigerant piping and
transmission line connections are
in agreement between outdoor
unit and BC controller.
OK?
Repair faulty connection.
Remove the pressure sensor
connector from the board, and
check the pressure.
No
Yes
No board or pressure
sensor abnormality.
No
Pressure
of at least 32kg/cm2G
(3.14MPa) indicated?
No
Correct refrigerant
piping and the transmission line.
Yes
Replace the wrong
puressure sensor by the
correct pressure sensor,
and confirm detected pressure is indicated correctly.
OK?
Yes
Change pressure sensor.
–104–
No
No
Change board.
Note 1 :
• Symptoms of incorrect connection of BC controller pressure sensor to the board
Cooling-only
Normal
Cooling-principal
Insufficient
cooling.
Symptom
Heating-only
Heating-principal
SC11 large Warm indoor SC SC11 small Insufficient heating SC11 large
SC16 small small. Warm in- SC16 small Warm indoor SC small SC16 small
PHM < 0 door thermo ON PHM < 0 Warm indoor thermo
PHM < 0
especially noise.
ON especially noise
Note 2 :
• Check using LED monitor display switch (outdoor MAIN board SW1)
Measured Data
Signal
High pressure of
outdoor
HPS
Low pressure saturation temperature
TH2
Low pressure of
outdoor
LPS
BC controller pressure
(liquid measurement)
PS1
(intermediate)
PS3
SW1 Setting
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Convert saturation
temperature to
desired pressure
using converter.
ON
ON
ON
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Note 3 :
• Check CNP1 (liquid measurement) and CMP3 (intermediate) connectors on BC controller board for disconnection or
looseness.
Note 4 :
• With the sensor of the applicable connector removed from the board, use the LED monitor display switch (Note 1) to
check the pressure value.
Pressure Sensor Replacement Precaution
(Pressure sensor output voltage)
–105–
2) Temperature Sensor
Thermistor troubleshooting flow
Start
Note 1
Disconnect applicable thermistor
connector from the board.
Note 2
Measure temperature of applicable
thermistor (actual measured value).
Note 3
Check thermistor resistance value.
Compare temperature for thermistor
resistance value with actual measured valued.
No
difference?
No
Note 5
Yes
Note 4
Change thermistor.
Insert applicable thermistor connector
into board, and check sensor input
temperature on LED monitor for difference.
No
difference?
No
Yes
Check for connection
problem.
No abnormality.
Change the controller
board.
–106–
Note 1 :
• Board connector CN10 corresponds to TH11 through TH14, while connector
CN11 corresponds to TH15 through TS15. Remove the applicable connector
and check the sensor for each number.
Note 2, 3 :
1. Pull the sensor connector from the I/O board. Do not pull on the lead wire.
2. Measure resistance using a tester or other instrument.
3. Compare measured values with values on the graph below. A value within a range of ±10% is normal.
Resistance measurement point (connector)
Touch the probes of the tester or other instrument
to the shaded areas to measure.
Temperature sensor resistance (graph)
Resistance value
(kΩ)
Thermistor Ro=15 kΩ
1
1
Rt=15exp 3460 ( 273+t – 273t )
Temperature (˚C)
Note 4 :
• Check using LED monitor display switch (outdoor MAIN board SW1)
Measured Data
Signal
SW1 Setting
Liquid inlet
temperature
TH11
ON
Bypass outlet
temperature
TH12
ON
Bypass outlet
temperature
TH15
ON
Bypass inlet
temperature
TH16
ON
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
See converter.
–107–
3) LEV, Solenoid Valve Troubleshooting Flow
No cooling
No heating
Note 1
Check disconnection or looseness
of connectors.
Yes
Is there a problem?
Correct the problem.
Operate in cooling or heating (1 system
only when there are plural systems)
Heating operation
Cooling or heating
operation?
Note 2
Note 2
Check if LEV 1 are fully open
No
No
LEV 1 fully open?
Yes
Check if LEV 1 are fully shut.
LEV 1 fully shut?
Check LEV1
Check if LEV3 is controlled by
superheat.
LEV3 is not controlled.
*1
Yes
Note 3
Note 3
Check if LEV 3 are controlled by
differential pressure.
No
No
Check LEV3
Yes
LEV3 are not
controlled
Yes
*1
Check if SVM is ON.
SVM ON
Check if SVM is OFF.
No
No
Check SVM
Yes
Check if SVA, SVC are ON.
SVA, SVC ON
SVM OFF
Yes
Check if SVA, SVC are OFF.
No
No
Check SVA, SVC
Yes
SVA, SVC OFF
Yes
Check if SVB is OFF.
Check if SVB is ON.
No
No
SVB OFF
Yes
Check SVB
Completion
*1. SVM is not built in depending on models.
–108–
SVB ON
Yes
1 LEV
Note 1 :
• Symptoms of incorrect connection to BC controller LEV board
LEV No.
1
3
Cooling-only
Cooling-main
Heating-only
Heating-main
1)
1
3
Normal
←
←
←
2)
3
1
Insufficient cooling
SH12 small,
SC11 small
SC16 small
Branch piping SC small
Insufficient cooling, insuf- Heating indoor SC small Insufficient cooling
ficient heating
PHM large
Heating indoor SC small
SH12 small, SC11 small
PHM large
SC16 large,
Branch piping SC small
PHM large
Improper installation is the same for 1 and 2, so it is omitted here.
Note 2 : Method for checking LEV full open, full closed condition
1 Check LEV full opening (pulse) using the LED monitor display (outdoor controller board SW1).
Full opened: 2000 pulses
Full closed: 60 pulses (LEV 1 may be greater than 60 during full heating operation.)
2 With LEV full opened, check for pressure differential by measuring temperature of piping on both sides.
3 With LEV full closed, check for refrigerant noise.
Note 3 : Use the following table to determine opening due to LEV differential pressure control and superheat
control.
• BC controller LEV basic operation characteristics
Region
LEV1
pulse
Failure mode Operating mode
Small
Large
Small
LEV3
pulse
Large
Description
Heating-only High pressure (PS1) - medium pressure (PS3) is large.
Heating-main
High pressure (PS1) - medium pressure (PS3) is small.
Cooling-main
Cooling-only
SH12 is large.
Cooling-main
Heating-only
High pressure (PS1) - mid pressure (PS3) is small.
Heating-main
Normal range
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
SH12<25
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
Cooling-only
SC16 and SH12 are small.
Cooling-main
SC16>6
SH12>5
Heating-only High pressure (PS1) - mid pressure (PS3) is large.
Heating-main
2.0 ~ 3.5 kg/cm2G
(0.20~0.34MPa)
–109–
(Self-diagnostic monitor)
Measured Data
Signal OUTDOOR MAIN board SW1 Setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
LEV1 pulse
–
ON
LEV 3 pulse
–
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–
BC controller bypass
output superheat
SH12
BC controller
intermediate subcool
SC16
BC controller liquid
subcool
SC11
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
(Solenoid Valve Troubleshooting Flow)
Check for the following:
LEV full open: ticking sound
LEV full closed: no sound
Start
Visually check for disconnection between connectors and terminals, and confirm correct lead colors.
No
Intermediate
connector
Brown
Red
To
LEV
OK?
Controller
board
Blue
Orange
Yellow
White
2 Brown
5 Red
1 Blue
3 Orange
4 Yellow
6 White
Yes
6
5
4
3
2
1
Change LEV
Confirm if LEV is closed fully.
No
OK?
Yes
Change LEV
No
OK?
Yes
Correction.
Remove connectors from the board and
use a tester to check conduction.
• Check between connectors 1-3-5 and 24-6.
OK?
Attach check LEDs
illustrated nearby to board
connectors and confirm
that LEDs light for 10
seconds.
No
Yes
10kΩ LED
Adjust, repair.
No
Use a tester to measure resistance
between each coil (red-white, red-orange,
brown-yellow, brown-blue).
Correct value is: 150Ω±10%
OK?
Yes
End
OK?
Yes
6
5
4
3
2
1
No
Change LEV
–110–
Change the
board.
2 Solenoid Valve
Solenoid valve
troubleshooting
Operation OFF?
Check solenoid valve wiring
for incorrect connection, and
connector disconnection or
looseness.
No problem.
Yes
Correct the problem.
No
Operate cooler and heater for
the applicable solenoid valve’s
refrigerant system only.
Note 1
Clicking noise
produced when working
timing?
No
Remove the coil and check for
a magnetic force.
Yes
No
Magnetic force
is OK?
Stop the unit.
Yes
Note 3
Measure pipe temperature of
inlet and outlet sides of
solenoid valve.
No temperature differential: OK
Temperature differential: NG
Disconnect solenoid valve
connector from the board and
check for a solenoid coil
conductance.
No
OK?
Conductance present?
No
Yes
Yes
With the solenoid valve connector is disconnected from the
board, use remote controller to
turn on the unit and check the
output (220-240V) from the
controller board.
Yes
Measure piping temperature
on both sides of solenoid
valve and check for following.
Solenoid valve ON:
no differential
Solenoid valve OFF:
differential
OK?
220-240V output?
No
Change the control
board.
No
Yes
Solenoid valve
normal
Yes
Solenoid valve
faulty
–111–
Change the
solenoid valve.
Solenoid valves (SVA, SVB, SVC, SVM)
Coordination signals output from the board and solenoid valve operations.
*SVM is not built in depending on models.
Note 1 : (SVA, SVB, SVC)
SVA, SVB and SVC are turned on and off in accordance with operation mode.
Mode
Branch port
Cooling
Heating
Stopped
Defrosting
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SVA
SVB
SVC
(SVM)
SVM is turned on and off in accordance with operation mode.
Operation Mode
Cooling-only
Cooling-principal
SVM
ON
OFF
Heating-only Heating-principal
OFF
OFF
Note 2 : (SVA, SVB, SVC)
Measure temperature of piping on either side of SVA 1-A
Measure temperature of piping on either side of SVB 1-B
Defrosting
Stopped
ON
OFF
(SVM)
Measure temperature at points marked “X”.
B
A
1
CMB-P-V-E
4) BC controller transformer
BC Controller control board
CNTR
CN03
Red
Blue
Brown
Brown
CNTR(1)-(3)
Normal
Approximately 90Ω
Malfunction
Open or shorted
CN03(1)-(3) Approximately 1.7Ω
* Disconnect the connector before measurement.
–112–
[2] BC Controller Disassembly Procedure
(1) Service panel
Be careful on removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos & Illustrations
1. Remove the two screws securing the electric panel
box, and then remove the box.
2. Remove the four screws securing the front panel
and then remove the panel. Two of the screws are
not visible until you remove the electric panel box.
3. Remove the two screws securing the ceiling panel.
Next, lifting up on the panel slightly, slide it inwards
and then remove it. The inside of the ceiling panel
is hooked on a pin.
Celling panel
BC
Celling panel control- Pin
ler unit
fixing screw
4. Remove the single screw that secures the side
panel, and then remove the panel.
–113–
(2) Control Box
Be careful on removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos
<CMB-P104, 105, 106V-D>
1. Removing the single screw that secures the electric panel box cover provides access to the box contents for checking.
1 Check electrical lead wires and transmission
lead terminal connections.
2 Check the transformer.
3 Check the address switch.
4 Use the self-diagnostic switch to check the LED
display.
2. Disconnect the power supply lead, transmission
lead, transformer lead connector, and address
switch wiring connector. Removing the screw securing the inner cover provides access for checking
the entire controller board.
3. Note the following precautions whenever replacing
the controller board.
1 Be sure you do not confuse a Type A controller
board with a Type B controller board.
2 Take care to avoid mistakes when connecting
leads and connectors, and double-check for incomplete and loose connections.
3 Check to make sure that DIP switch settings are
the same before and after replacement.
Important!
You do not need to remove the two electric panel
screws if you are checking electric panel box
contents only.
<CMB-P108, 1010, 1013, 1016V-E>
Removing the single screw that secures the
electric panel box cover provides access to the
controller board and all of the relay board for
checking. So it is not necessary to work according
to avobe 2.
–114–
(3) Thermistor (Liquid and gas piping temperature detection)
Be careful when removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos
1. Remove the service panel
1 Use the procedure under (1)-1.2 to check TH11,
TH12, and TH15.
2. Disconnect the piping sensor lead from the controller panel.
1 TH11 - TH12 (CN10)
2 TH15, TH16 (CN11)
TH15 TH11 TH12
3. Pull the temperature sensor from the temperature
sensor housing and replace it with a new sensor.
4. Connect the temperature sensor lead securely to
the controller board.
TH16
(4) Pressure Sensor
Procedure
Photos
1. Remove the sensor panel.
1 Use the procedure under (1)-1.2 to check PS1
and PS3.
2. Disconnect the connector of the applicable pressure
sensor from the controller board and insulate the
connector.
1 Liquid pressure sensor (CNP1)
2 Intermediate pressure sensor (CNP3)
PS1
3. Install a new pressure sensor at the location shown
in the photograph, and plug the connector into the
controller board.
Important
1 In the case of gas leakage from the pressure sensor, take actions to fix the leak before performing
the above procedure.
PS3
–115–
(5) LEV
Be careful on removing heavy parts.
Procedure
Photos
1. Remove the service panel. See (1)-1.2.3.4.
2. Replace the applicable LEV.
Important!
1 When performing the above procedure, be sure to
allow for enough service space in the ceiling area
for welding.
2 When conditions require, the unit can be lowered
from the ceiling before staring work.
LEV1
LEV3
(6) Solenoid Valve Coil
Procedure
Photos & Illustrations
1. Remove the service panel. See (1)-1.2.3.4.
2. Disconnect the connector of the applicable
solenoid valve.
3. Remove the solenoid valve coil.
1 SVA, SVB, and SVM solenoid valve coils can
be serviced from the maintenance port. SVC
can serviced from the back if service space is
available in the back. To remove the back
panel, remove the two screws that secure it.
4. When the solenoid valve is defective, remove the
unit front panel, disassemble the solenoid valve
block, and check the interior of the valve.
When disassembly space or footing for disassembly of the solenoid valve block in the vicinity of the
flow controller is not available, the unit can be
lowered from the ceiling to perform the work.
1 To view the interior of a valve, use a torque
wrench to open the screw cover of the movable component compartment and the plunger.
2 When replacing the screw cover and plunger,
tighten them to the specified torque.
SVA screw cover: ........... 20 kg·m (2.0 N·m)
SVB screw cover: ........... 13 kg·m (1.3 N·m)
SVA, B, C plungers: ....... 6 kg·m (0.6 N·m)
Solenoid valve
Pilot type
Important!
1 You cannot check the valve interiors of SVC and
SVM.
2 Be sure to tighten screw covers and plungers to
specified torque values. Under-tightening can
cause gas leaks, over-tightening can cause
abnormal operation.
Direct drive type
–116–
Check Code List
Check Code
0403
Check Content
Serial transmission abnormality
0900
Trial operation
1102
Discharge temperature abnormality
1111
Low pressure saturation temperature sensor abnormality (TH2)
1112
Low pressure saturation
Liquid level sensing temperature sensor abnormality (TH4)
1113
temperature abnormality Liquid level sensing temperature sensor abnormality (TH3)
1301
Low pressure abnormality (OC)
1302
High pressure abnormality (OC)
1368
Liquid side pressure abnormality (BC)
1370
Intermediate pressure abnormality (BC)
1500
Overcharged refrigerant abnormality
1501
Low refrigerant abnormality
1505
Suction pressure abnormality
2500
Leakage (water) abnormality
2502
Drain pump abnormality
2503
Drain sensor abnormality
4103
Reverse phase abnormality
4115
Power supply sync signal abnormality
4116
Fan speed abnormality (motor abnormality)
4200
VDC sensor/circuit abnormality
4220
Bus voltage abnormality
4230
Radiator panel overheat protection
4240
Over loard protection
4250
IPM Alarm output / Bus voltage abnormality / Over Current Protection
4260
Cooling fan abnormality
Air inlet (TH21:IC)
5101
Discharge (TH1:OC)
Liquid pipe (TH22:IC)
5102
Low pressure saturation (TH2:OC)
Gas pipe (TH23:IC)
5103
Accumulater liquid level (LD1)
5104
Thermal sensor
Accumulater liquid level (LD2)
5105
abnormality
Liquid pipe (TH5)
5106
Ambient temperature (TH6)
5107
SC coil outlet (TH7)
5108
SC coil bypass outlet (TH8)
5109
CS circuit (TH9)
5110
Radiator panel (THHS)
5112
Compressor shell temperature (TH10)
5201
Pressure sensor abnormality (OC)
Liquid side pressure sensor abnormality (BC)
5203
Intermediate side pressure sensor abnormality (BC)
5301
IAC sensor/circuit abnormality
6600
Multiple address abnormality
6602
Transmission processor hardware abnormality
6603
Transmission circuit bus-busy abnormality
–117–
Check Code
Check Content
6606
Communications with transmission processor abnormality
6607
No ACK abnormality
6608
No response abnormality
7100
Total capacity abnormality
7101
Capacity code abnormality
7102
Connected unit count over
7105
Address setting abnormality
7106
Characteristics setting abnormality
7107
Connection number setting abnormality
7111
Remote control sensor abnormality
7130
Different indoor model connected abnormality
Intermittent fault check code
Trouble Delay Cope
Trouble Delay Content
1202
Preliminary discharge temperature abnormality or preliminary discharge thermal sensor abnormality (TH1)
1205
Preliminary liquid pipe temperature sensor abnormality (TH5)
1211
Preliminary low pressure saturation abnormality or preliminary low pressure saturation sensor abnormality (TH2)
1214
Preliminary THHS sensor/circuit abnormality
1216
Preliminary sub-cool coil outlet thermal sensor abnormality (TH7)
1217
Preliminary sub-cool coil bypass outlet thermal sensor abnormality (TH8)
1219
Preliminary sub-cool coil bypass inlet thermal sensor abnormality (TH9)
1221
Preliminary ambient temperature thermal sensor abnormality (TH6)
1243
Preliminary compressor shell thermal sensor abnormality (TH10)
1402
Preliminary high pressure abnormality or preliminary pressure sensor abnormality
1600
Preliminary overcharged refrigerant abnormality
1601
Preliminary lacked refrigerant abnormality
1605
Preliminary suction pressure abnormality
1607
CS circuit block abnormality
Preliminary IAC sensor/circuit abnormality
4300
Preliminary VDC sensor/circuit abnormality
Preliminary serial transmission abnormality
4320
Preliminary bus voltage abnormality
4330
Preliminary heat sink overheating abnormality
4340
Preliminary overload protection
4350
Preliminary overcurrent protection
4360
Preliminary cooling fan abnormality
–118–
[3] Self-diagnosis and Countermeasures Depending on the Check Code Displayed
(1) Mechanical
Checking code
0403 Serial
transmission
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
If serial transmission cannot be 1) Wiring is defective.
established between the MAIN and
INV boards.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors and 3, for broken
wires in the following wiring.
CNRS2 - CNRS3
CNAC2 - TB1B
2) Switches are set wrong on the INV SW1-4 on the INV board should be
board.
OFF.
3) A fuse (F01) on the INV board is If the fuse is melted, (if the resistance
defective.
between the both ends of fuse is ∞),
replace the fuse.
4) The circuit board is defective.
–119–
If none of the items in 1) to 3) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the circuit board by the following procedure (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the
connectors, ground wires, etc. securely).
1 If serial transmission is restored after the INV board only is replaced,
then the INV board is defective.
2 If serial transmission is not restored,
reinstall the INV board and replace
the MAIN board. If serial transmission is restored, the MAIN board is
defective.
3 If serial transmission is not restored
by 1 and 2 above, replace both
boards.
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
1102 Discharge
1. When 140˚C or more discharge
temperature
temperature is detected during
abnormality
operations (the first time), out(Outdoor unit)
door unit stops once, mode is
changed to restart mode after
3 minutes, then the outdoor unit
restarts.
2. When 140˚C or more temp. is
detected again (the second
time) within 30 minutes after
stop of outdoor unit, emergency
stop is observed with code No.
“1102” displayed.
3. When 140˚C or more temp. is
detected 30 or more minutes
after stop of outdoor unit, the
stop is regarded as the first time
and the process shown in 1 is
observed.
4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
unit is intermittent fault check
period with LED displayed
(1202).
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Gas leak, gas shortage.
See Refrigerant amount check.
2) Overload operations.
Check operating conditions and operation status of indoor/outdoor units.
3) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
4) Poor operations of OC controller
LEV:
Cooling
: LEV1
5) Poor operations of BC controller
LEV:
Cooling-only : LEV3
Cooling-main : LEV1, 3
Heating-only, Heating-main:
LEV3
Defronst
: LEV3
6) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM :
Cooling-only, defrost
7) Poor operations of BC controller
SVA :
Cooling-only, Cooling-main
8) Poor operations of BC controller
SVB :
Heating-only, Heating-main
9) Poor operations of solenoid
valves.
SV (3 ~ 6) (PURY)→
Heating-only, Heating-main
Check operation status by actually
performing cooling or heating operations.
Cooling
: Indoor LEV
(Cooling-only) LEV1 (PUHY)
LEV1, 3 (BC)
SVM (BC)
SVA (BC)
Heating
: Indoor LEV
(Heating-only) LEV3 (BC)
SVB (BC)
SV3 ~ 6 (PURY)
10)Setting error of connection
address (PURY).
Check address setting of indoor unit
connection.
11)Poor operations of ball valve.
Confirm that ball valve is fully opened.
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
12)Outdoor unit fan block, motor
Check outdoor fan.
trouble, poor operations of fan
See Trouble check of outdoor fan.
controller→Heating (Heating-only,
Heating-main).
3) ~ 12) : Rise in discharge
temp. by low pressure drawing.
13)Gas leak between low and high
pressures.
4-way valve trouble, compressor trouble, solenoid valve
SV1 trouble.
Check operation status of cooling-only
or heating-only.
14)Poor operations of solenoid valve
SV2.
Bypass valve SV2 can not
control rise in discharge temp.
See Trouble check of solenoid
valve.
15)Thermistor trouble.
Check resistance of thermistor.
16)Thermistor input circuit trouble on
control circuit board.
Check inlet temperature of sensor
with LED monitor.
* There are not LEV2 and LEV4 on CMB-P-V-E.
–120–
Checking code
1111
Meaning, detecting method
Low
1. When saturation temperature
pressure
sensor (TH2) or liquid level desaturation
tecting temperature sensors
tempera(TH3, TH4) detects -40˚C or
ture
less (the first time) during opsensor
erations, outdoor unit stops
abnormalonce, mode is changed to reity (TH2)
start mode after 3 minutes, then
the outdoor unit restarts.
2. When -40˚C or less temp. is
detected again (the second
time) within 30 minutes after
stop of outdoor unit, error stop
is observed with code Nos.
“1111,” “1112,” or “1113” displayed.
3. When -40˚C or less temperature is detected 30 or more minutes after stop of outdoor unit,
the stop is regarded as the first
time and the process shown in
1. is observed.
1113
Low pressure saturation temperature trouble
1112
Liquid
level
detecting
temperature
sensor
4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
abnormalunit is intermittent fault check
ity (TH4)
period with LED displayed.
Note:
1. Low press. saturation temperature trouble is not detected for 3 minutes after
compressor start, and finish
of defrosting operations, and
during defrosting operations.
Liquid
level
detecting
temperature
sensor
abnormality (TH3)
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Gas leak, Gas shortage.
See Refrigerant amount check.
2) Insufficient load operations.
Check operating conditions and operation status of outdoor unit.
3) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
4) Poor operations of OC controller
LEV:
Cooling
: LEV1
5) Poor operations of BC controller
LEV:
Cooling-only : LEV3
Cooling-main : LEV1, 3
Heating-only, Heating-main:
LEV3
Defrost
: LEV3
6) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM:
Cooling-only, Defrost
7) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM:
Cooling-only, Cooling-main
8) Poor operations of BC controller
SVB:
Heating-only, Heating-main
9) Solenoid valve trouble (SV3 ~ 6)
(PURY). PUHY-P (SV3 ~ 4)
Heating-only, Heating-main
Check operation status by actually performing cooling-only or heating-only
operations.
Cooling-only : indoor LEV
LEV1 (PUHY)
LEV1, 3 (BC)
SVM (BC)
SVA (BC)
Heating-only : indoor LEV
LEV3 (PURY)
(BC)
SVB (BC)
SV3~6 (PURY)
SV3~4 (PUHY-P)
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
10)Setting error of connection address. Check address setting of indoor unit
connector.
11)Poor operations of ball valve.
Confirm that ball valve is fully opened.
12)Short cycle of indoor unit.
Check indoor unit, and take measu-res
13)Clogging of indoor unit filter.
to troube.
14)Fall in air volume caused by dust
2. In the case of short/open of
on indoor unit fan.
TH2~TH4 sensors before 15)Dust on indoor unit heat exchanger.
starting of compressor or 16)Indoor unit block, Motor trouble.
within 10 minutes after starting of compressor, “1111,”
10)~15) : Fall in low pressure
“1112,” or “1113” is displayed
caused by evaporating capactoo.
ity in cooling-only cooling-principal operation.
17)Short cycle of outdoor unit.
18)Dust on outdoor heat exchanger.
Check outdoor unit, and take measures
to trouble.
19)Indoor unit fan block, motor trouble, Check outdoor unit fan.
and poor operations of fan control- See Trouble check of outdoor unit
ler.
fan.
16)~18) : Fall in low press. caused by lowered evaporating
capa-city in heating-only heating-principal operation.
20)Poor operations of solenoid valve See Trouble check of solenoid valve.
SV2.
Bypass valve (SV2) can not
control low pressure drop.
21)Thermistor trouble (TH2~TH10).
Check resistance of thermistor.
22)Pressure sensor abnormality.
See Trouble check of pressure sensor.
23)Control circuit board thermistor Check inlet temp. and press. of sensor
abnormality and pressure sensor by LED monitor.
input circuit abnormality.
24)Poor mounting of thermistor
(TH2~TH10).
–121–
Checking code
1301 Low pressure
abnoramlity
Meaning, detecting method
When starting from the stop mode
for the first time, (if at the start of bind
power transmission, the end of bind
power transmission, and in the mode
when the thermostat goes OFF immediately after the remote control
goes ON, the following compressor
start time is included), if the low pressure pressure sensor before starting is at 1.0 kg/cm2G (0.098MPa),
operation stops immediately.
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Internal pressure is dropping due Refer to the item on judging low presto a gas leak.
sure pressure sensor failure.
2) The low pressure pressure sensor
is defective.
3) Insulation is torn.
4) A pin is missing in the connector,
or there is faulty contact.
5) A wire is disconnected.
6) The control board’s low pressure
pressure sensor input circuit is defective.
1302 High pressure 1. When press. sensor detects 1) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
abnoramlity 1
28kg/cm2G (2.47MPa) or more 2) Poor operations of outdoor LEV1
(Outdoor unit)
during operations (the first
(PUHY).
time), outdoor unit stops once, 3) Poor operations of BC controller
mode is changed to restart
LEV:
mode after 3 minutes, then the
Heating-only, heating-principal:
outdoor unit restarts.
LEV3
Defrost:
LEV3
2. When 30kg/cm2G (2.94MPa) or 4) Poor operations of BC controller
more pressure is detected
SVM:
again (the second time) within
Cooling-only, defrost
30 minutes after stop of outdoor 5) Poor operations of BC controller
unit,error stop is observed with
SVA:
code No. “1302” displayed.
Cooling-only, cooling-main
6) Poor operations of BC controller
3. When 28kg/cm2G (2.47MPa) or
SVB:
more pressure is detected 30
Heating-only, heating-main
or more minutes after stop of 7) Solenoid valve SV (3 ~ 6) trouble
outdoor unit, the detection is re(PURY). SV3 ~ 4 (PUHY-P)
garded as the first time and the
Cooling-only, cooling-main
process shown in 1 is observed.
8) Setting error of connection address.
4. 30 minutes after stop of outdoor
unit is intermittent fault check
period with LED displayed.
9) Poor operations of ball valve.
Check operations status by actually
performing cooling or heating operations.
Cooling : Indoor LEV
LEV1 (PUHY)
LEV1, 3 (BC)
SVM SVA (BC)
SV3~6 (PURY)
SV3~4 (PUHY-P)
Heating : Indoor LEV
LEV3 (BC)
SVB (BC)
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
Check address setting of indoor unit
connector.
Confirm that ball valve is fully open-ed.
5. Error stop is observed immediately 10)Short cycle of indoor unit.
Check indoor unit and take measures
when press. switch (30 +0
kg/ 11)Clogging of indoor unit filter.
to trouble.
-1.5
cm2G (2.94 +0
-1.5 MPa)) operates in 12)Fall in air volume caused by dust
addition to pressure sensor.
on indoor unit fan.
13)Dust on indoor unit heat exchanger.
14)Indoor unit fan block, motor trouble.
9)~14) : Rise in high pressure
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in heating-only and
heating-principal operation.
15)Short cycle of outdoor unit.
Check outdoor unit and take measures
16)Dust on outdoor unit heat exchanger. to trouble.
17)Outdoor unit fan block, motor trou-ble, Check outdoor unit fan
poor operations of fan controller.
See Trouble check of outdoor unit
15)~17):Rise in high press.
fan.
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in cooling-only and
cooling-pincipal operation.
18)Poor operations of solenoid valves See Trouble check of solenoid valve.
SV1, 2 (Bypass valves (SV1, 2) can
not control rise in high pressure).
19)Thermistor trouble (TH2, TH5, TH6). Check resistance of thermistor.
20)Pressure sensor trouble.
Check Trouble check of pressure
sensor.
21)Control circuit board thermistor Check inlet temperature and press. of
trouble, press. sensor input circuit sensor with LED monitor.
trouble.
–122–
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
1302 High pressure
abnoramlity 2
(Outdoor unit)
When press. sensor detects 1kg/
cm2G (0.098MPa) or less just before starting of operation, erro stop
is observed with code No. “1302”
displayed.
Liquid
side
1368
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Fall in internal press. caused by
See Trouble check of pressure sengas leak.
sor.
2) Press. sensor trouble.
3) Film breakage.
4) Coming off of pin in connector portion, poor contact.
5) Broken wire.
6) Press. sensor input circuit trouble
on control circuit board.
When liquid side press, sensor, gas 1) Poor operations of indoor LEV.
side pressure sensor, or interme- 2) Poor operations of BC controller
diate pressure sensor detects
LEV:
30kg/cm2G (2.94MPa) or more, erHeating-only, heating-principal:
ror stop is observed with code No.
LEV3
“1368”, or “1370” displayed.
Defrost:
LEV3
3) Poor operations of BC controller
SVM:
Cooling-only, defrost
4) Poor operations of BC controller
SVA:
Cooling-only, cooling-principal
5) Poor operations of BC controller
SVB:
Heating-only, heating-principal
6) Solenoid valve SV (3 ~ 6) trouble.
Cooling-only, cooling-principal
Check operations status by actually
performing cooling or heating operations.
Cooling
: Indoor LEV
LEV1, 3
SVM
SVA SV3~6
Heating
: Indoor LEV
LEV3
SVB
See Trouble check of LEV and solenoid valve.
7) Setting error of connection address. Check address setting of indoor unit
connector.
1370
High pressure abnoramlity (BC controller)
8) Poor operations of ball valve.
Confirm that ball valve is fully opened.
9) Short cycle of indoor unit.
Check indoor unit and take measures
10)Clogging of indoor unit filter.
to trouble.
11)Fall in air volume caused by dust
on indoor unit fan.
12)Dust on indoor unit heat exchanger.
13)Indoor unit fan block, motor trouble.
9)~13) : Rise in high pressure
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in heating-only and
heating-principal operation.
14)Short cycle of outdoor unit.
Check outdoor unit and take measures
15)Dust on outdoor unit heat ex- to trouble.
changer.
Intermediate side
16) Outdoor unit fan block, motor trou- Check outdoor unit fan.
ble, poor operations of fan control- See Trouble check of outdoor unit
ler.
fan.
14)~16) : Rise in high press.
caused by lowered condensing
capacity in cooling-only and
cooling-principal operation.
17)Poor operations of solenoid valves See Trouble check of solenoid
SV1, 2.
valve.
(Bypass valves (SV1, 2) can not
control rise in high pressure.)
18)Thermistor trouble (TH2, TH5, TH6). Check resistance of thermistor.
19)Pressure sensor trouble.
Check Trouble check of pressure
sensor.
20)Control circuit board thermistor Check inlet temperature and press. of
trouble, press. sensor input circuit sensor with LED monitor.
trouble.
21)Poor mounting of thermistor.
(TH2, TH5, H6)
–123–
Checking code
1500 Overcharged
refrigerant
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
1. When discharge superheart
10 deg is keeping for 10 minutes
or discharge superheat
20
deg for 15 minutes, outdoor unit
stops once, and after 3 minutes,
the unit restarts.
For 60 minutes after unit stopped
is intermittent fault check period.
Cause
Checking method
1) Excessive refrigerant charge.
Check refrigerant amount.
2) Thermistor trouble (TH1).
Check resistance of thermistor.
3) Pressure sensor trouble (63HS).
See trouble shooting of pressure sensor.
4) Control circuit board trouble.
Check temperature and pressure sensor with LED monitor.
1) Gas leakage, insufficient gas.
Refer to the item on judging the refrigerant volume.
2) Overload operation.
Check the indoor and outdoor unit operating conditions.
2. When discharge superheart
10 deg is keeping for 10 minutes
or discharge superheat
20
deg for 15 minutes again (second time), the unit stops and error code 1500 is displayed.
3. In case of SW2-6 ON, the detection for the second time is followed by the first time.
1501
Insufficient refrigerant abnormality
Lacked
refrigerant
abnormality
1. When the unit condition is as
follows, the compressor is
stopped (1st detection) and after 3 minutes, the compressor
is restarted automatically.
PUHY-P200·250YMF-C
1 F<60Hz and TH10>85°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
2 F<60Hz and TH10>95°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
3 F 60Hz and TH10>100°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
4 F 60Hz and TH10>110°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
PURY-P200·250YMF-C
1 F<60Hz and TH10>85°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
2 F<60Hz and TH10>95°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
3 F 60Hz and TH10>100°C
continuously for 60 minutes.
4 F 60Hz and TH10>110°C
continuously for 15 minutes.
2. If the temperature rises again as
above within 2 hours after the outdoor unit is stopped (2nd detection),
an error stop is performed, and the
check code 1501 is displayed.
3. If the temperature rises again as
above within 2 hours after the outdoor unit is stopped, it becomes the
first detection again, and operation
is the same as in 1 above.
4. The 2 hour period after the outdoor
unit stops is the abnormal delay period, and LED display is carried out
during the abnormal stop delay.
3) Indoor unit LEV operation is faulty. Actually run the equipment in cooling
4) Outdoor unit LEV1 operation is or heating mode and check the operatfaulty.
ing condition.
5) Outdoor unit SLEV operation is
Cooling :
Indoor unit LEV
faulty.
LEV1 (PUHY)
SLEV
Heating :
Indoor unit LEV
SLEV
Refer to the item concerning judging
LEV failure.
6) Ball valve operation is faulty.
Check with the ball valve fully open.
7) The thermistor is faulty.
Check the thermistor’s resistance.
8) The control board’s thermistor in- Check the sensor’s temperature readput circuit is faulty.
ing by the LED monitor.
–124–
Checking code
1505 Suction
pressure
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
<PUHY-200·250YMF-C>
•
1. Judging the state when the suction pressure reaches near 0kg/
cm2G (0MPa) during compressor operation by the low pressure saturation temperature, •
error stop will be commenced
displaying “1505”.
2. The outdoor unit once stops
entering into the 3-minutes restart mode if the state of 1 continues for 3 minutes, and re- •
starts after 3 minutes.
3. After restarting, if the same
state as 1 continues within 30
minutes from the stopping of 2,
error stop will be commenced
displaying “1505”.
4. Ineffective if the compressor
operating time (integrated) exceeds 60-minutes not detecting
trouble.
Operation while neglecting to open
ball valve. Especially for the ball
valve at low pressure side.
At cooling : Gas side ball valve
At heating : Liquid side ball valve
When plural systems are existing,
the low pressure abruptly drop at
indoor stopping by the erroneous
wiring of transmission line (different connection of transmission line
and refrigerant piping).
Temporary vacuum condition due
to refrigerant distribution unbalance
(insufficient refrigerant of low pressure line) immediately after charging refrigerant.
<PUHY-P200·250YMF-C>
<PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C>
1. Judging that the state when the
suction pressure reaches 0kg/
cm2G (0MPa) during compressor operation indicates high
pressure by the discharge temperature and low pressure saturation temperature, the back-up
control by gas bypassing will be
conducted.
Checking method & Countermeasure
Once vacuum operation protection is
commenced, do not attempt to
restart until taking the measures
below.
<Checking method>
• Check ball valve for neglecting to
open.
• Check extended piping for
clogging when ball valve is
opened.
• Check transmission line for erroneous wiring. (Confirm the correct wiring and piping connection between
indoor and outdoor units by operating indoor unit one by one.)
<Countermeasure>
• After checking with the above
method, make error reset by
power source reset.
• Then operate for 10~15-minutes
under the operation mode reverse
to that when the vacuum operation protection occurred (Heating
if error occurred in cooling, while
cooling if it occurred in heating),
and then enter into the ordinary
operation state.
2500 Leakage (water) When drain sensor detects flood- 1) Water leak due to humidifier or the Check water leaking of humidifier
abnormality
ing during drain pump OFF.
like in trouble.
and clogging of drain pan.
2502 Drain pump
abnormality
When indirect heater of drain sen- 1) Drain sensor sinks in water be- Check operations of drain pump.
sor is turned on, rise in temperacause drain water level rises due
ture is 20 deg. or less (in water) for
to drain water lifting-up mechanism
40 seconds, compared with the
trouble.
temperature detected before turning on the indirect heater.
2) Broken wire of indirect heater of Measure resistance of indirect heater
drain sensor.
of drain sensor.
(Normal: Approx. 82Ω between 1-3 of
CN50)
3) Detecting circuit (circuit board) Indoor board trouble if no other
trouble.
problems is detected.
2503 Drain sensor
abnormality
Short/open is detected during drain 1) Thermistor trouble.
Check resistance of thermistor.
pump operations. (Not detected 2) Poor contact of connector.
0˚C : 15kΩ
10˚C : 9.7kΩ
when drain pump is not operating.)
(insufficient insertion)
20˚C : 6.4kΩ 30˚C : 4.3kΩ
Short : 90˚C or more detected
3) Full-broken of half-broken therOpen : -40˚C or less detected
mistor wire.
4) Indoor unit circuit board (detecting Check contact of connector.
circuit) trouble.
Indoor port trouble if no other
problem is detected.
Operation of
float switch
When float switch operates (point 1) Drain up input trouble.
Check drain pump operations.
of contact : OFF), error stop is observed with code No. “2503” dis- 2) Poor contact of float switch circuit. Check connect contact.
played.
3) Float switch trouble.
Check float switch operations.
–125–
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
4103 Reverse phase Reverse phase (or open phase) in 1) The phases of the power supply (L1,
abnormality
the power system is being deL2, L3) have been reversed.
tected, so operation cannot be
started.
Checking method & Countermeasure
If there is reverse phase before the
breaker, after the breaker or at the
power supply terminal blocks TB1A,
reconnect the wiring.
2) Open phase has occurred in the Check before the breaker, after the
power supply (L1, L2, L3, N).
breaker or at the power supply terminal blocks TB1A, and if there is an open
phase, correct the connections.
a) Check if a wire is disconnected.
b) Check the voltage between each
of the wires.
4115 Power supply
sync signal
abnormality
3) The wiring is faulty.
Check 1 the connections, 2, the contact at the connector, 3, the tightening
torque at screw tightening locations and
4 for wiring disconnections.
TB1A~NF~TB1B~CNTR1~F3~
T01~CNTR
Refer to the circuit number and the wiring diagram plate.
4) The fuse is faulty.
If F1 on the MAIN board, or F3 is
melted, (Resistance between both
ends of the fuse is ∞), replace the fuses.
5) T01 is faulty.
To judge failure of the T01, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
6) The circuit board is faulty.
If none of the items in 1) to 5) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the MAIN board (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the connectors, etc. securely).
The frequency cannot be deter- 1) There is an open phase in the power
mined when the power is switched
supply (L1, L2, L3, N).
on.
(The power supply’s frequency
cannot be detected. The outdoor
fan cannot be controlled by phase 2) The power supply voltage is discontrol.)
torted.
Check before the breaker, after the
breaker or at the power supply terminal blocks TB1A, and if there is an open
phase, correct the connections.
If the power supply voltage waveform
is distorted from a sine wave, improve
the power supply environment.
3) A fuse is defective.
If F1 on the MAIN board, or F3 is
melted, (Resistance between both
ends of the fuse is ∞), replace the fuses.
4) T01 is defective.
To judge failure of the T01, go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
5) The circuit board is defective.
If none of the items in 1) to 4) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears even
after the power is switched on again,
replace the MAIN board (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the connectors, ground wires,
etc. securely).
–126–
Checking code
4116 Fan speed
abnormality
(motor
abnoramlity)
4200 VDC
sensor/circuit
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
(Detects only for PKFY-VAM)
1. Detecting fan speed below
180rpm or over 2000rpm during fan operation at indoor unit
(first detection) enters into the
3-minute restart prevention
mode to stop fan for 30 seconds.
2. When detecting fan speed below 180rpm or over 2000rpm
again at fan returning after 30
seconsd from fan stopping, error stop (fan also stops) will be
commenced displaying 4116.
Cause
1) Slipping off of fan speed detecting connector (CN33) of indoor
controller board.
Checking method & Countermeasure
•
Confirm slipping off of connector
(CN33) on indoor controller
board.
2) Slipping off of fan output connec- •
tor (FAN1) of indoor power board.
Confirm slipping off of connector
(FAN1) on indoor power board.
3) Disconnection of fan speed
detecting connector (CN33) of
indoor controller board, or that of
fan output connector (FAN1) of
indoor power board.
•
Check wiring for disconnection.
4) Filter cologging.
•
Check filter.
5) Trouble of indoor fan motor.
•
Check indoor fan motor.
6) Faulty fan speed detecting circuit
of indoor controller board, or
faulty fan output circuit of indoor
power board.
• When aboves have no trouble.
1) For trouble after operating fan.
Replace indoor controller board. If
not remedied, replace indoor
power board.
2) For trouble without operating fan.
Replace indoor power board.
1 If VDC 304 V is detected just 1) Power supply voltage is abnormal.
before the inverter starts.
2 If VDC 750 V is detected just
before starting of and during
operation of the inverter.
•
•
Check if an instantaneous power
failure or power failure, etc. has
occurred.
Check if the voltage is the rated
voltage value.
2) The wiring is defective.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors, 3 tightening torque
at screw tightened portions, 4, wiring
polarities, 5, for broken wires, and 6,
for grounding in the following wiring.
TB1A~NF~TB1B, TB1B~DS~[52C,
R1, R5]~[C2, C3]~IPM Wiring
CNDC1 (G / A) ~ CNVDC (INV) Wiring
* Check if the wiring polarities are as
shown on the wiring diagram plate.
3) The rush current prevention
resistors (R1, 5) are defective.
To judge failure of R1 and R5, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
4) The electromagnetic contactor
(52C) is defective.
To judge failure of the 52C, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
5) The diode stack (DS) is defective. To judge failure of the DS, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
6) The reactor (DCL) is defective.
To judge failure of the DCL, go to
“Individual Parts Failure Judgment
Methods.”
7) The INV board is defective.
If none of the items in 1) to 6) is
applicable, and if the trouble
reappears even after the power is
switched on again, replace the INV
board (when replacing the circuit
board, be sure to connect all the
connectors, ground wires, etc.
securely).
–127–
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
4220 Bus
1 If VDC
400 V is de- 1) The power supply voltage •
voltage
tected during inverter
is abnormal.
abnormality
operation.
•
2) The wiring is defective.
Check if an instantaneous stop or power failure, etc.
has occurred.
Check if the voltage is the rated voltage value.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact at the connectors, 3
tightening torque at screw tightened portions, 4, wiring polarities, 5, for broken wires, and 6, for grounding in the following wiring.
TB1A~NF~TB1B, TB1B~DS~[52C, R1, R5]~[C2,
C3]~IPM Wiring
CNDC1 (G / A) ~ CNVDC (INV) Wiring
* Check if the wiring polarities are as shown on the wiring
diagram plate.
3) The rush current prevention To judge failure of R1 and R5, go to “Individual Parts Failresistors (R1, 5) are defective. ure Judgment Methods.”
4) The electromagnetic contactor To judge failure of the 52 C, go to “Individual Parts Failure
(52C) is defective.
Judgment Methods.”
5) The diode stack (DS) is To judge failure of the DS, go to “Individual Parts Failure
defective.
Judgment Methods.”
6) The reactor (DCL) is defec- To judge failure of the DCL, go to “Individual Parts Failure
tive.
Judgment Methods.”
7) The inverter output is •
grounded.
•
8) The IPM is defective.
Check the wiring between the IPM and the compressor.
Check the compressor’s insulation resistance.
Check the IPM.
Judge that the IPM is fauly, (Go to “Individual Parts Failure
Judgment Methods.”)
9) The circuit board is defec- If none of the items in 1) to 8) is applicable, and if the trouble
tive.
reappears even after the power is switched on again,
replace the circuit board by following procedure (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the connectors, ground wires, etc. securety)
1 If the problem is solved after the G/A board only is replaced, then the G/A board is defective.
2 If the problem is not solved, reinstall the G/A board and
replace the INV board. If the problem is solved, the INV
board is defective.
3 If the problem is not solved by 1 and 2 above, replace
both boards.
4230 Radiator
panel
overheat
protection
If the cooling fan stays ON 1) The wiring is defective.
for 5 minutes or longer during inverter operation, and
if THHS
100°C is detected.
2) The INV boar’s fuse (F01)
is defective.
Check 1 connections, 2 contact at the connectors and 3 for
broken wires in the following wiring.
MF1~CNFAN
If the fuse is defective, replace the fuse.
3) The cooling fan (MF1) is To judge failure of the MF1, go to “Individual Parts Failure
defective.
Judgment Methods.”
4) The THHS sensor is defective. To judge failure of the THHS, go to error code “5110”.
5) The air passage is clogged. If the air passage of the heat sink is clogged, clear the air
passage.
6) The IPM is defective.
Check the IPM.
Judge that the IPM is fauly, (Go to “Individual Parts Failure
Judgment Methods.”)
7) The circuit board is defec- If none of the items in 1) to 6) is applicable, and if the trouble
tive.
reappears even after the power is switched on again,
replace the circuit board by following procedure (when replacing the circuit board, be sure to connect all the connectors, ground wires, etc. securety)
1 If the problem is solved after the G/A board only is replaced, then the G/A board is defective.
2 If the problem is not solved, reinstall the G/A board and
replace the INV board. If the problem is solved, the INV
board is defective.
3 If the problem is not solved by 1 and 2 above, replace
both boards.
–128–
Checking code
4240 Over loard
protection
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
If IAC 32 Arms is detected con- 1) Air passage short cycle.
tinuously for 10 minutes during operation of the inverter after 5 or 2) The heat exchanger is clogged.
more seconds have passed since
the inverter started.
3) Power supply voltage.
Checking method & Countermeasure
Is the unit’s exhaust short cycling?
Clean the heat exchanger.
If the power supply voltage is less than
342 V, it is outside specifications.
4) External air temperature.
If the external air temperature is over
43°C it is outside the specifications.
5) Capacity setting error.
• Is the indoor unit capacity total correct?
• Are the outdoor/indoor unit capacity settings correct?
6) The solenoid valves (SV1, 2) are To judge failure of the solenoid valve,
defective, or the solenoid valve go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgdrive circuit is defective.
ment Methods” for the “Solenoid Valve.”
7) The wiring is defective.
Check 1 connections, 2 contact at the
connectors and 3 for broken wires in
the following wiring.
TB1A~NF~TB1B
TB1B~FANCON board~CN04
CNMF~MF
TB1B~CNTR1
CNFC1~CNFC2
8) Fan motor (MF) operation is defec- Go to “Treating Fan Motor Related
tive.
Trouble.”
9) The inverter/compressor is defec- Go to “Treating Inverter/Compressor
tive.
Related Trouble.”
4250 IPM alarm
output /
Bus voltage
abnormality
1 If over current, overheat or 1) The power supply voltage is abnorundervoltage of drive cirduit is
mal.
detected by IPM during inverter
operation.
[Inverter error detail : 1]
2 If VDC 300 or VDC 760V 2) The wiring is defective.
is detected during inverter operation.
[Inverter error detail : 1]
3 If IAC
39Arms is detected
during inverter operation.
[Inverter error detail : 11]
•
•
Check if an instantaneous stop or
power failure, etc. has occurred.
Check if the voltage is the rated
voltage value.
Check 1, the connections, 2, contact
at the connectors, 3 tightening torque
at screw tightened portions, 4, wiring
polarities, 5, for broken wires, and 6,
for grounding in the following wiring.
TB1A~NF~TB1B, TB1A~DS~[52C,
R1, R5]~[C2, C3]~IPM Wiring
CNDC1 (G / A) ~ CNVDC (INV) Wiring
* Check if the wiring polarities are as
shown on the wiring diagram plate.
3) The inverter / compressor is defec- Go to “Treatment of Inverter/Comprestive.
sor Related Trouble.”
–129–
Checking code
Meaning, detecting method
4260 Cooling fan
abnormality
If the heat sink temperature (THHS)
100°C for 20 minutes or longer just
before the inverter starts.
5101
Discharge
(TH1)
5102
5103
5105
5106
5107
5108
Thermal sensor abnormality (Outdoor Unit)
5104
<Other than THHS>
1 A short in the thermistor or an
open circuit was sensed. The
Low
outdoor unit switches to the
pressure
temporary stop mode with resaturation
starting after 3 minutes, then if
(TH2)
the temperature detected by the
thermistor just before restarting
Detected switch
is in the normal range, restartliquid level
ing takes place.
(LD1)
2 If a short or open circuit in the
thermistor is detected just beDetected switch
fore restar ting, error code
liquid level
“5101”, “5102”, “5103”, “5104”,
(LD2)
“5105”, “5106”, “5108”, “5109”
or “5112” is displayed.
Heat
3 In the 3 minute restart mode,
exchanger
the abnormal stop delay LED is
inlet pipe
displayed.
(TH5)
4 The above short or open circuit
is not detected for 10 minutes
Ambient
after the compressor starts, or
temperafor 3 minutes during defrosting
ture (TH6)
or after recovery following defrosting.
Heat
<THHS>
exchanger If a heat sink (THHS) temperature
outlet pipe of -40°C is detected just after the
(TH7)
inverter starts or during inverter
operation.
SC coil
bypass
outlet
(TH8)
5109
CS circuit
(TH9)
5110
Radiator
panel
(TH HS)
5112
Compressor shell
temperature
(TH10)
5111
Thermal sensor abnormality (BC controlled)
Liquid inlet
(TH11)
Bypass
outlet
(TH12)
Bypass
inlet
(TH15)
Intermediate section
(TH16)
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Same as “4230.”
Same as “4230.”
1) Thermistor
Check the thermistor’s resistance.
2) Lead wires are being pinched.
Check if the lead wires are pinched.
3) Insulation is torn.
Check for tearing of the insulation.
4) A connector pin is missing, or there Check if a pin is missing on the connector.
is faulty contact.
5) A wire is disconnected.
Check if a wire is disconnected.
6) The thermistor input circuit on the
MAIN circuit board is faulty.
(In the case of the THHS, replace
the INV board.)
Check the temperature picked up by
the sensor using the LED monitor.
If the deviation from the actual temperature is great, replace the MAIN circuit board.
(In the case of the THHS, replace the
INV board.)
Short Circuit Detection
TH1
TH2
LD1
LD2
TH5
TH6
TH7
TH8
TH9
THHS
TH10
240°C or higher (0.57 kΩ )
70°C or higher (1.71 kΩ )
–
–
110°C or higher (0.4 kΩ )
110°C or higher (0.4 kΩ )
110°C or higher (1.14 kΩ )
70˚C or higher (1.14 kΩ )
70°C or higher (1.14 kΩ )
–
240°C or higher (0.57 kΩ )
Open Circuit Detection
15°C or lower (321 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (130 kΩ )
-40°C or lower (2.5 MΩ )
-15°C or lower (1656 kΩ )
* TH2, TH9, TH10 : P-YMF-B only
1. When short (high temp. inlet) or
open (low temperature inlet) of
thermistor is detected during
operation, error stop will be
commenced displaying “5111”
or “5112”, “5113” or “5114”, or
“5115” or “5116.
2. The above detectection is not
made during defrostig and 3minute after changing operation
mode.
1) Thermistor trouble.
Check thermistor resistance.
2) Biting of lead wire.
Check lead wire biting.
3) Broken cover.
Check broken cover.
4) Coming off of pin at connector por- Check coming off of pin at connector.
tion, poor contact.
Check broken wire.
5) Broken wire.
6) Faulty thermistor input circuit of Check sensor sensing temperature. If
it deviates from the actual temerature
control board.
seriously, replace control panel.
Short Detected
TH11
TH12
TH15
TH16
110°C or more (0.4 kΩ )
110°C or more (0.4 kΩ )
70°C or more (1.14 kΩ )
70°C or more (0.4 kΩ )
–130–
Open Detected
-40°C or less (130 kΩ )
-40°C or less (130 kΩ )
-40°C or less (130 kΩ )
-40°C or less (130 kΩ )
Checking code
5201 Pressure
sensor
abnormality
(outdoor unit)
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
1 When pressue sensor detects
1kg/cm2G (0.098MPa) or less during operation, outdoor unit once
stops with 3 minutes restarting
mode, and restarts if the detected
pressure of pressure sensor exceeds 1kg/cm 2G (0.098MPa)
imediately before restarting.
1) Pressutre sensor trouble.
Checking method & Countermeasure
See Troubleshooting of pressure
sensor.
2) Inner pressure drop due to a leakage.
3) Broken cover.
4) Coming off of pin at connector portion, poor contact.
5) Broken wire.
2 If the detected pressure of sen- 6) Faulty thermistor input circuit of
sor is less than 1kg/cm 2 G
MAIN board.
(0.098MPa) immediately before
restarting, error stop is commenced displaying 5201.
3 Under 3 minutes restarting
mode, LED displays intermittent
fault check.
5201
5203
Pressure sensor abnormality (BC controller)
4 During 3 minutes after compressor start, defrosting and 3
minutes after defrosting operations, trouble detection is ignored.
High
pressure
side
When high or intermidiate pressure
sensor
detects
1kg/cm 2 G
(0.098MPa) or less immediately before starting, error stop is comIntermedi- menced displaying “5201”, or
ate
“5203”.
5301 IAC sensor/
circuit
abnormality
1) Pressure sensor trouble.
See troubleshooting of pressure
sensor.
2) Inner pressure drop due to gas leak.
3) Broken cover.
4) Coming off of pin at connector portion, poor contact.
5) Broken wire.
6) Faulty pressure sensor input circuit
of control board.
1 If IAC 3 Arms is detected just 1) Contact is faulty.
before the inverter starts, or
If IAC 3 Arms is detected during inverter operation after 5 2) The current sensor (ACCT) is conseconds has passed since the
nected with wrong polarity.
inverter started when the INV
board’s SW1-1 is OFF.
3) The wiring is defective
[Inverter error detail : 6]
2 If the current sensor (ACCT)
miss-wiring is detected during
inverter operation.
[Inverter error detail : 13]
Check the contacts of CNACCT on the
INV board.
Check the ACCT_U, W polarity
with below drawing.
Check 1. connections.
2. contact at the connectors.
3. for broken wires in the following wiring.
CNDR2-CNDR1
CN15V2-CN15V1
IPM-MC1
4) The Ac current sensor (ACCT) is To judgefailure of ACCT, go to “individual
defective.
Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”
5) The IPM is defective.
ACCT_W
IPM-output
phase U
Red wire
–131–
Compressor-input
phase W
W
Compressor-input
phase U
U
ACCT_U
Check the IPM.
Judge that the IPM is fauly, (Go to “Individual Parts Failure Judgment Methods.”)
IPM-output
phase W
Black wire
Checking code
5301 IAC sensor/
circuit
abnormality
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
1 If IAC 3 Arms is detected just 6) The circuit board is defective.
before the inverter starts, or
If IAC 3 Arms is detected during inverter operation after 5
seconds has passed since the
inverter started when the INV
board’s SW1-1 is OFF.
[Inverter error detail : 6]
2 If the current sensor (ACCT)
miss-wiring is detected during
inverter operation.
[Inverter error detail : 13]
7130 Different
indoor model
connected
abnormality
Checking method & Countermeasure
If none of the items in 1) to 5) is applicable, and if the trouble reappears
even after the power is switched on
again, replace the circuit board by following procedure (when replacing the
circuit board, be sure to connect all
the connectors, ground wires, etc.
securety)
1 If the problem is solved after the
G/A board only is replaced, then the
G/A board is defective.
2 If the problem is not solved, reinstall the INV board and replace the
INV board. If the problem is solved,
the INV board is defective.
3 If the problem is not solved by 1
and 2 above, replace both boards.
An exclusive R22 refrigerant indoor 1) An error was made in the MAIN If the model name plate on the outdoor
unit was connected to a R407C
board of the outdoor unit (replaced unit says that it is an exclusive R22
refrigerant outdoor unit.
with the wrong circuit board).
model, and if error “7130” has occurred,
the MAIN board for the outdoor unit is
a R407C model circuit board, so replace it with the MAIN board for the R22
model.
2) An error was made in selecting the If the model name plate for the indoor
indoor unit (installation error).
unit is an exclusive R22 model, install
a unit which can also operate with
R407C.
3) An error was made in the indoor If the model name plate on the indoro
unit’s circuit board (replaced with unit indicates that it is also capable of
the wrong circuit board).
operating with R407C, and error “7130”
occurs, the indoor unit’s circuit board
is for an exclusive R22 model, so replace it with the circuit board for a unit
which is also capable of using R407C.
–132–
(2)
Communication/system
Checking
code
6600
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) Two or more controllers of outdoor At the genration of 6600 error, release the error by
unit, indoor unit, remote controller, remote controller (with stop key) and start again.
BC controller, etc. have the same a) If the error occures again within 5 minutes.
Transmission from units with the
address.
→ Search for the unit which has the same address
same address is detected.
2) In the case that signal has changed
with that of the source of the trouble.
due to noise entered into the transNote:
mission signal.
When the same address is found, turn off
The address/attribute
the power source of outdoor unit, BC conshown on remote
troller, and indoor unit for 5 minutes or more
controller indicates the
after modifying the address, and then turn
controller which has
on it again.
detected error.
Multiple address error
b) When no trouble is generated even continuing
operation over 5 minutes.
→ The transmission wave shape/noise on the
transmission line should be investigated in accordance with <Investigation method of transmission wave shape/noise>.
6602
Transmission processor hardware 1) At the collision of mutual transmission data generated during the wiring work or polarity
error
change of the transmission line of indoor or outdoor unit while turning the power source
on, the wave shape is changed and the error is detected.
Though transmission processor 2) 100V power source connection to indoor unit or BC controller.
intends to transmit “0”, “1” is dis- 3) Ground fault of transmission line.
played on transmission line.
4) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40) of plural outdoor units at the grouping of
plural refrigerant systems.
Note:
5) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40) of plural outdoor units in the connection
The address/attribute
system with MELANS.
shown on remote
6) Faulty controller of unit in trouble.
controller indicates the
7) Change of transmission data due to the noise in transmission.
controller which has
8) Connection system with plural refrigerant systems or MELANS for which voltage is not
detected error.
applied on the transmission line for central control.
–133–
Checking
code
6602
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
Transmission processor hardware Checking method and processing
error
YES
Transmission line
installed while turning
power source on?
Shut off the power source of outdoor/indoor units/BC controller and make it again.
NO
Check power source of indoor
unit.
NO
220V ~ 240V?
Erroneous power
source work
YES
Check transmission line
work and shield finish
Ground fault or shield
contacted with transmission
line?
YES
Erroneous transmission work
NO
System composition?
Single refrigerant
system
Plural refrigerant
system
MELANS connected
system
Confirm supply power
connector CN40 of outdoor unit
YES
Only 1 set with
CN40 inserted?
Confirm supply power
connector CN40 of outdoor unit
NO
CN40 inserted?
YES
Modification of CN40
insertion method.
* For the investigation method, follow <Investigation method of transmission wave shape/noise>
Investigation of transmission line noise
Noise exist?
Replace insertion
of CN40 to CN41
YES
Investigation of the
cause of noise
NO
Faulty controller of
generating unit
Modification of
faulty point
6603
Transmission circuit bus-busy er- 1) As the voltage of short frequency like a) Check transmission wave shape/noise on transmission line by following <Investigation method
noise is mixed in transmission line
ror
of transmission wave shape/noise>.
continuously, transmission processor
1 Collision of data transmission:
→ No noise indicates faulty controller of generatcan not transmit.
Transmission can not be pering unit.
formed for 4~10 consecutive 2) Faulty controller of generating unit.
→ Noise if existed, check the noise.
minutes due to collision of data
transmission.
2 Data can not be transmitted on
transmission line due to noise
for 4~10 consecutive minutes.
Note:
The address/attribute
shown on remote
controller indicates the
controller which has
detected error.
–134–
Checking
code
6606
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
Communications with transmis- 1) Data is not properly transmitted due Turn off power sources of indoor unit, BC controller
sion processor error
to casual errouneous operation of and outdoor unit.
the generating controller.
When power sources are turned off sepaCommunication trouble between 2) Faulty generating controller.
rately, microcomputer is not reset and norapparatus processor and transmal operations can not be restored.
mission processor.
→ Controller trouble is the source of the trouble
when the same trouble is observed again.
Note:
The address/attribute
shown on remote
controller indicates the
controller which has
detected error.
–135–
Checking
code
6607
Meaning, detecting method
No ACK error
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second interval by
transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
1 Outdoor Remote
No reply
unit (OC) controller (ACK) at
(RC)
BC
transmission to OC
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the controller
not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1) Poor contact of transmission line of OC or BC.
2) Damping of transmission line voltage/signal
by acceptable range of transmission wiring
exceeded.
Farthest
: Less than 200m
Remote controller wiring : Less than 10m
Shut down OC unit power source, and
make it again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
(1) Single refrigerant system
3) Erroneous sizing of transmission line (Not
within the range below).
Wire diameter : 1.25mm2 or more
4) Faulty control circuit board of OC.
2 BC
Remote
No reply
1) When Fresh Master address is changed or
controller controller (ACK) at IC
modified during operation.
(BC)
(RC)
transmis2) Faulty or slipping off of transmission wiring of
sion to BC
BC controller.
3) Slipping off of BC unit connector (CN02).
4) Faulty BC controller circuit board.
Shut down both OC and BC power sources simultaneously for 5 minutes or
more, and make them again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
3 Indoor
unit (IC)
1) When IC unit address is changed or modified
during operation.
2) Faulty or slipping off of transmission wiring of
IC.
3) Slipping off of IC unit connector (CN2M).
4) Faulty IC unit controller.
5) Faulty remote controller.
Shut down both OC and BC power sources simultaneously for 5 minutes or
more, and make them again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
No reply
4 Remote Remote
1) Faulty transmission wiring at IC unit side.
controller controller (ACK) at IC 2) Faulty transmission wiring of RC.
transmis(RC)
(RC)
3) When remote controller address is changed
sion to RC
or modified during operation.
4) Faulty remote controller.
Shut down OC power sources for 5 minutes or more, and make it again.
It will return to normal state at an accidental case.
When normal state can not be re-covered, check for the 1) ~ 4) of the cause.
No reply
Remote
controller (ACK) at
RC
(RC)
transmission to IC
–136–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
6607 No ACK error
(continued)
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second
interval by transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
(2) Group operation system using plural refrigerants
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the
controller not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1 Outdoor Remote
unit (OC) controller (RC)
No reply
(ACK) at
BC
transmission to OC
As same that for single refrigerant system.
Same as measure for single refrigerant
system.
2 BC
Remote
controller control(BC)
ler (RC)
No replay
As same that for single refrigerant system.
(ACK) at IC
transmission to BC
Same as measure for single refrigerant
system.
3 Indoor
unit (IC)
No reply
(ACK) at
RC
transmission to IC
Remote
controller (RC)
4 Remote Remote
controller control(RC)
ler (RC)
1) Cause of 1) ~ 5) of “Cause for single refriger- a) Shut down the power source of both
ant system”.
IC and OC for over 5 minutes simul2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
taneously, and make them again.
of OC terminal block for centralized control
Normal state will be returned incase
(TB7).
of accidental trouble.
3) Shut down of OC unit power source of one b) Check for 1) ~ 5) of causes. If cause
re-frigerant system.
is found, remedy it.
4) Neglecting insertion of OC unit power supply c) Check other remote controller or OC
connector (CN40).
unit LED for troubleshooting for
5) Inserting more than 2 sets of power supply
trouble.
connector (CN40) for centralized control use.
Trouble
→ Modify the trouble acFor generation after normal operation conductcording to the content
ed once, the following causes can be considerof check code.
ed.
No trouble → Faulty indoor con• Total capacity error
(7100)
troller
• Capacity code setting error
(7101)
• Connecting set number error
(7102)
• Address setting error
(7105)
1) Cause of 1) ~ 3) of “Cause for single refri- a) Shut down the power source of OC
No reply
gerant system”.
(ACK) at IC
for over 5 minute, and make it again.
2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
transmisNormal state will be returned in case
of OC terminal block for centralized con-trol
sion to RC
of accidental trouble.
(TB7).
b) Check for 1) ~ 5) of causes. If cause
3) Shut down of OC unit power source of one
is found, remedy it.
refrigerant system.
When normal state can not be ob4) Neglecting insertion of OC unit power supply
tained, check 1) ~ 5) of causes.
connector (CN40).
5) Inserting more than 2 sets of power supply
connector(CN40) for centralized control use.
At generation after normal operation conducted
once, the following causes can be considered.
• Total capacity error
(7100)
• Capacity code setting error
(7101)
• Connecting set number error
(7102)
• Address setting error
(7105)
–137–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
6607 No ACK error
(continued)
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second
interval by transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
(3) Connecting system with system controller (MELANS)
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the
controller not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
1 Outdoor Remote No reply
unit (OC) controller (ACK) at
(RC)
BC
transmission to OC
As same that for single refrigerant system.
2 BC
Remote No reply
controller controller (ACK) at
(BC)
(RC)
RC
transmission to IC
Same cause of that for grouping from plural re- Same countermeasure as that for IC unit
frigerants.
error in plural refrigerant system.
3 Indoor
unit (IC)
Trouble of partial IC units:
→ Same countermeasure as that for
1) Same cause as that for single refrigerant
single refrigerant system.
system.
Remote No reply
controller (ACK) at
(RC)
transmission
of SC to IC
Same countermeasure as that for single
refrigerant system.
Trouble of all IC in one refrigerant system:
Confirm OC trouble diagnosis LED.
1) Cause of total capacity error.
(7100) → At trouble generation, check for the
2) Cause of capacity code setting error. (7101)
content according to check code.
3) Cause of connecting number error. (7102) Check the content of 5)~7) shown left.
4) Cause of address setting error.
(7105)
5) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
of OC unit terminal block for central control
(TB7).
6) Power source shut down of OC unit.
7) Trouble of OC unit electrical system.
Trouble of all IC:
1) As same that for single refrigerant system.
2) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40)
into OC unit transmission line for centralized
control.
3) Slipping off or power source shut down of
power supply unit for transmission line.
4) Faulty system controller (MELANS).
Confirm voltage of transmission line for
centralized control.
• More than 20V → Confirm 1) 2) left.
• Less than 20V → Confirm 3) left.
4 Remote Remote No reply
Same cause as that for plural refrigerant system. Same countermeasure as that for plurcontroller controller (ACK) at
al refrigerant system.
(RC)
(RC)
transmission
of IC to RC
No reply
(ACK) at
transmission of
MELANS to
RC
Trouble of partial IC units:
→ Same countermeasure as that for
1) Same cause of that for single refrigerant syssingle refrigerant system.
tem.
Trouble of all IC in one refrigerant system:
Confirm OC trouble diagnosis LED.
1) Error detected by OC unit.
→ At trouble generation, check for the
Total capacity error.
(7100)
content according to check code.
Capacity code setting error. (7101)
Connecting number error. (7102)
Address setting error.
(7105)
2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line Check the content of 2)~4) shown left.
of OC unit terminal block for central control
(TB7).
3) Power source shut down of OC unit.
4) Trouble of OC unit electrical system.
Trouble of all IC:
Check the causes of 1) ~ 4) left.
1) As same that for single refrigerant system.
2) Insertion of power supply connector (CN40)
into OC unit transmission line for central-ized
control.
3) Slipping off or power shutdown of power supply unit for transmission line.
4) Faulty MELANS.
–138–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
6607 No ACK error
(continued)
When no ACK signal is detected in 6 continuous times with 30 second
interval by transmission side controller, the transmission side detects error.
Note:
(3) Connecting system with system controller (MELANS)
System
Generating Display of
compounit address trouble
sition
Detecting
method
5 System
Remote No reply
controller controller (ACK) at
(SC)
(RC)
transmission of IC
to SC
The address/attribute shown on remote controller indicates the
controller not providing the answer (ACK).
Cause
Checking method & countermeasure
Trouble of partial remote controller:
Check 1) ~ 3) left.
1) Faulty wiring of RC transmission line.
2) Slipping off or poor contact of RC transmission connector.
3) Faulty RC.
Trouble of all IC in one refrigerant system.
Confirm OC trouble diagnosis LED.
1) Error detected by OC unit.
→ At trouble generation, check for the
Total capacity error
(7100)
content according to check code.
Capacity code setting error
(7101)
Check the content of 2) ~ 4) shown left.
Connecting number error
(7102)
Address setting error
(7105)
2) Slipping off or short circuit of transmission line
of OC unit terminal block for central control
(TB7).
3) Power source shut down of OC unit.
4) Trouble of OC unit electrical system.
Trouble of all RC:
Check the causes 1)~4) left.
1) As same that for single refrigerant system.
2) Inserting supply power connector (CN40) to
OC transmission line for centralized control.
3) Slipping off or power shutdown of power supply unit for transmission line.
4) Faulty MELANS.
-
-
1) IC unit is keeping the memory of the original
group setting with RC although the RC address was changed later.
The same symptom will appear for the registration with SC.
2) IC unit is keeping the memory of the original
interlocking registration with Fresh Master with
RC although the Fresh Master address was
changed later.
No relation with system
Address
which
should not
be existed
As some IC units are keeping the
memory of the address not existing, delete the information.
Employ one of the deleting method
among two below.
1) Deletion by remote controller.
Delete unnecessary information by
the manual setting function of remote
controller.
2) Deletion by connecting information
deleting switch of OC unit.
Be careful that the use of this
method will delete all the group information set with RC and all the
interlocking information of Fresh
Master and IC unit.
1 Shut down OC unit power source,
and wait for 5 minutes.
2 Turn on the dip switch SW2-2 provided on OC unit control circuit
board.
3 Make OC unit power source, and
wait for 5 minutes.
4 Shut down OC unit power source,
and wait for 5 minutes.
5 Turn off the dip switch SW2-2 provided on OC unit control circuit
board.
6 Make OC unit power source.
–139–
Checking
code
6608
Meaning, detecting method
No response error
Though acknowledgement of receipt (ACK) is received after
transmission, no response command is returned.
Detected as error by transmission
side when the same symptom is
re-peated 10 times with an interval of 3 seconds.
Note:
The address/attribute
shown on remote controller indicates the controller which has detected
error.
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
1) At the collision of mutual transmis- a) Generation at test run.
sion data when transmission wiring
Turn off the power sources of OC unit, IC unit
is modified or the polarity is
and Fresh Master for more than 5 minutes sichanged while turning the power
multaneously, and make them again.
source on, the wave shape changes
→ Returning to normal state means the trouble
detecting error.
detection due to transmission line work while
2) Repeating of transmission error due
powering.
to noise.
3) Damping of transmission line volt- b) Check 3) and 4) of the causes left.
age/signal due to exceeding of the
acceptable range for transmission c) Investigate the transmission wave shape/noise
wiring.
on transmission line according to <Investigation
• Farthest
Less than 200m
method of transmission wave shape/noise>.
• RC wiring
Less than 12m
4) Damping of transmission voltage/
Much possibility if 6602 is generated.
signal due to improper type of
transmission line.
• Wire size : More than 1.25mm2
(3) System error
Checking
code
7100
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
Total capacity error
1) Total capacity of indoor units in the a) Check for the model total (capacity cord total) of
same refrigerant system exceeds
indoor units connected.
Total capacity of indoor units in
the following:
b) Check whether indoor unit capacity code (SW2)
the same refrigerant system exis wrongly set.
Model
Total capacity Total capacity code
ceeds limitations.
For erroneous switch setting, modify it, turn off
PURY-(P)200
302
62
Trouble source:
power source of outdoor unit, and indoor unit
PURY-(P)250
378
78
Outdoor unit
simultaneously for 5 minutes or more to modify
PU(H)Y-(P)200
260
52
the switch for setting the model name (capacity
coad).
PU(H)Y-(P)250
325
65
2) Erroneous setting of OC model se- Check for the model selector switch (Dip switches
lector switch (SW3-10).
SW3-10 on outdoor unit control circuit) of OC.
ON ..... 250
OFF ... 200
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SW3
7101
Capacity code error
1) The Indoor unit model name (model a) Check for the model name of the Indoor unit
code) connected is not connectable.
connected.
Error display at erroneous conConnectable range.....20~250
nection of Indoor unit of which
b) Check for the switch (SW2 if indoor controller
model name can not be con- 2) Erroneous setting of the switch
for setting of Indoor unit model name of genernected.
(SW2) for setting of model name of
ating address. When it is not agreed to the model
Indoor unit connected.
name, modify the capacity code while shutting
Trouble source :
off the power source of Indoor unit.
Outdoor unit
* The capacity of Indoor unit can be confirmed by
Indoor unit
the self-diagnosios function (SW1 operation) of
Indoor unit.
7102
Connected unit count over
1) Number of unit connected to termi- a) Check whether the connection of units to the
nal block (TB3) for outdoor/indoor
terminal block for indoor/outdoor transmission
Number of units connected in the
transmission line exceeds limitawiring (TB3) of outdoor unit is not exceeding the
same refrigerant system exceeds
tions given be-lows:
limitation.
limitations.
(See 1 ~ 2 left.)
Item
Limitation
b) Check for 2), 3), and 4).
Trouble source:
c) Check for the connection of transmission wiring
1 Total of
1~13 (PUHY-200)
Indoor unit
1~16 (PUHY-250)
Outdoor unit
to the terminal block for centralized control is
1~15 (PURY-200)
erroneously connected to the indoor/outdoor
1~16 (PURY-250)
transmission wiring terminal block (TB3).
2 Total of Indoor
unit & RC
3 Total of BC
controller
1~35
1
–140–
Checking
code
Meaning, detecting method
Cause
Checking method & Countermeasure
7102
Connected unit count over
2) The Outdoor unit address is being a) Check for the model total (capacity code total)
set to 51~100 under automatic adof indoor units connected.
dress mode (Remote controller displays “HO”).
3) Slipping off of transmission wiring
at Outdoor unit.
4) Short circuit of transmission line in
case of 3) & 4), remote controller
displays “HO”.
7105
Address setting error
1) Setting error of Outdoor unit ad• Erroneous setting of OC unit
dress.
address
The address of Outdoor unit is not
• Erroneous setting of BC conbeing set to 51~100.
troller address
2) The address of BC controller is not
being set within 51~100.
Trouble source :
Outdoor unit
BC controller
7107
Connection No. setting error
1) Indoor unit capacity per connector a) Check indoor unit connection No. in refrigerant
Can not operate because connecjoint is exceeded as follows:
circuit.
tion No. of indoor unit wrongly set.
Single connection
:
1 No four or more indoor units which are set
81 or more
for the same connection No. A?
Trouble source :
Two connection joint
:
2 Check total capacity of indoor units which
BC controller
161 or more
are set for the same connections No. Judged as
Three connection joint :
trouble when it applies to Cause 1).
241 or more
3 Check whether the smallest connection No.
Four connection joint
:
is set when used at joint.
321 or more
b) Check whether indoor unit capacity code (SW2)
2) Four or more indoor units are set
is wrongly set. (Keep factory shipment condition.)
for the same connection.
For erroneous switch setting, modify it, turn off
the power source of outdoor unit, and indoor unit
3) The smallest connection No. has not
simultaneously for 5 minutes or more, and then
been set when used at joint.
turn on.
7111
Remote control sensor error
1) In case when the old type remote a) Replace the old remote controller by the new
Error not providing the temperacontroller for M-NET is used and the
remote controller.
ture designed to remote controlremote controller sensor is deler sensor.
signed on indoor unit. (SW1-1
turned ON)
Trouble source :
Indoor unit
7130
Different Indoor model and BC A indoor unit not for the R407C (model: Use the P••• indoor unit.
controller connected error
P•••) is connected.
–141–
Check that the address of OC unit is being set to
51~100.
Reset the address if it stays out of the range, while
shutting the power source off.
When BC controller is out of the range, reset it while
shutting the power source of both OC unit and BC
controller off.
[4] LED Monitor Display
(1) How to read LED for service monitor
By setting of DIP SW1-1 ~ 1-8, the unit operating condition can be observed with the service LED on the control circuit
board. (For the relation of each DIP SW to the content, see the table provided.)
As shown in the figure below, the LED consist of 7 segments is put in 4 sets side by side for numerical and graphic
display.
OC
IC
:
:
Outdoor unit
Indoor unit
SV
LEV
COMP
:
:
:
Solenoid valve
THHS
Electronic expansion valve
Compressor
SW1
E
:
:
Outdoor unit control circuit board
Memory storage for service activities (sampling per minute)
:
Inverter radiator panel
7 seg LED
The numerical display includes that of pressure, temperature or the like, while the graphic display includes that of
operating condition, solenoid valve ON/OFF state or the like.
• Numerical display
Example : display at 18.8kg/cm2G (1.84MPa) of pressure sensor data (Item No. 56)
• Graphic display (Two LEDs aligned vertically express a flag.)
Example : At forcible powering in outdoor unit operation display
–142–
1 PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
E: E2 Contents stored in the E2PROM; M: Monitored by the IC through communications; E*: Stored in service memory.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
0 0000000000 Relay Output
Display 1 (Lights
up to display)
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater ON
ing
SV1
SV2
Remarks
LD6
LD7
SV3
✱note
SV4✱
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
Check Display 1
OC Error
LD8
Lights for LD8 is a relay output indicator which
Normal
lights up at all times when the
Operation microcomputer’s power is ON.
When sending of a monitoring request to IC/BC is terminated, if there
is no error, “- - - -” is displayed. E*
1 1000000000 Relay Output
Display 2
E*
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
2 0100000000 Check Display 2
(Including the IC)
If there is no error,
“- - - -” is displayed. E*
3 1100000000
4 0010000000
5 1010000000
6 0110000000 External Signal
(Signal being
input)
Auto
night
demand Auto
changeover changeover mode.
mode (cooling) mode (heating)
E*
7 1110000000 Outdoor Unit
Operation Display
Warmup
mode
3 minutes,
ComPrelimi- Error
restart
pressor nary
protection mode operating Error
E*
8 0001000000 Indoor Unit Check Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
9 1001000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No.14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
10 0101000000 Indoor Unit
Operation Mode
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
11 1101000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No.14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
12 0011000000 Indoor Unit
Thermostat ON
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
13 1011000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No.14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
Lights up if an abnormal stop
has occurred in the IC. The
indicator for Unit No. 1 goes off
when error reset is carried out
from the smallest address. M
Lights up during
cooling.
Blinks during heating.
Goes off during stop
and blower operation. M
Lights up when
thermostat is ON.
Goes off when
thermostat is OFF.
M
14 0111000000
15 1111000000 Outdoor Unit
Operation Mode
Permis- Standby Defrost Cooling
sible Stop
16 0000100000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Cooling
Refrigerant
Recovery
17 1000100000 Preliminary Error
in Outdoor Unit
High
Low
Discharge Overcurrent Heat Sink Overcurrent INV
Pressure Pressure Tempera- Protection Thermostat Break
Error
Error 1, 2 Error 1, 2 ture Error
Operating
18 0100100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
pressur Detection
temperaError
Error
ture Error
Reverse
Phase, Open
Phase Error
19 1100100000
TH1
Error
TH2
Error
LD1
Error
LD2
Error
TH5
Error
20 0010100000
TH7
Error
TH8
Error
TH9
Error✱
TH10
Error✱
LPS
Error✱
✱note
Heating
Refrigerant
Recovery
Heating
E*
Cooling Cooling Heating Heating
High Oil Low Oil High Oil Low Oil
Recovery Recovery Recovery Recovery
: only PUHY-P
–143–
TH6
Error
HPS
Error
OverThe flag correspondcharged
ing to the item where
Refrigerant there is an error
delay lights up. E*
THHS
Error
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
21 1010100000 Outdoor Unit
Preliminary Error
History
High
Low
Outlet
Overcur- Heat Sink OvercurPressure Pressure Tempera- rent
Thermostat rent
Error 1, 2 Error
ture Error Protection Operation Break
22 0110100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
Reverse
pressure Detection
tempera- Phase, Open
Error
Error
ture Error Phase Error
23 1110100000
TH1
Error
TH2
Error
LD1
Error
LD2
Error
TH5
Error
24 0001100000
TH7
Error
TH8
Error
TH9
Error✱
TH10
Error✱
LPS
Error✱
25 1001100000 Error History 1
26 0101100000 Inverter Error Detail
27 1101100000 Error History 2
28 0011100000 Inverter Error Detail
29 1011100000 Error History 3
30 0111100000 Inverter Error Detail
31 1111100000 Error History 4
32 0000010000 Inverter Error Detail
33 1000010000 Error History 5
34 0100010000 Inverter Error Detail
35 1100010000 Error History 6
36 0010010000 Inverter Error Detail
37 1010010000 Error History 7
38 0110010000 Inverter Error Detail
39 1110010000 Error History 8
40 0001010000 Inverter Error Detail
41 1001010000 Error History 9
42 0101010000 Inverter Error Detail
43 1101010000 Error History 10
TH6
Error
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
LD7
HPS
Error
LD8
OverLights up if an error
charged
delay has occurred
Refrigerant between the time the
power was turned on
and the present time.
To turn the indicators
off, switch the power
OFF briefly.
THHS
E*
Error
The error and error
delay code are
displayed. If the
address and error
code are shown in
reverse, or there is
no error, “- - - -” is
displayed. E
If there is no error, “- - -” is displayed. E
E
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
44 0011010000 Inverter Error Detail
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
45 1011010000 Type of Inverter
Preliminary Error
(Details of the inverter
error in No. 17)
0 ~ 9999
If there is no error,
“- - - - ” is always
overwritten.
E*
46 0111010000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
47 1111010000 TH2 Data
↑
48 0000110000 LD1 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
49 1000110000 LD2 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
50 0100110000 TH5 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
51 1100110000 TH6 Data
↑
–144–
E*
No. 52 THHS
data are
monitored by
the inverter
microcomputer.
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
52 0010110000 THHS Data
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
-99.9 ~ 999.9
53 1010110000 HPS Data
↑
54 0110110000 TH7 Data
↑
55 1110110000 TH8 Data
↑
56 0001110000 TH9 Data✱
↑
57 1001110000 TH10 Data✱
↑
58 0101110000 LPS Data✱
↑
59 1101110000 α 0C
0 ~ 9.999
60 0011110000 α 0C*
↑
E*
61 1011110000 Accumulator Level 1 and 2 below are displayed alternately at every 5 seconds.
α 0C*
1 Accumulator Level: 0~9 (“AL=” is also displayed), 2 α 0C*: 0~9.999
∆ Hz
0
∆ Hz
+
62 0111110000 HzAK Increase/
Decrease
∆ Hz
–
63 1111110000 Difference from
Target Tc
(Tcm-Tc)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
64 0000001000 Difference from
Target Te
(Tem-Te)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
∆ AK
–
∆ AK
0
∆ AK
+
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
–
–
65 1000001000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
66 0100001000 Te
↑
67 1100001000 Tcm
↑
68 0010001000 Tem
↑
69 1010001000 Compressor Frequency
0 ~ 9999
Control Frequency E*
70 0110001000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
Frequency actually output from the inverter. E*
71 1110001000 AK
↑
E*
72 0001001000 SLEV
↑
73 1001001000 LEV1
↑
74 0101001000 FANCON Output
Value (Toff%)
↑
Displays the FANCON
output value used for
control. E*
75 1101001000 INV Output
current (IAC)
-99.9 ~ 999.9
(M) Monitored by the
inverter’s microcomputer.
76 0011001000 0C Address
0 ~ 9999
77 1011001000 IC1 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
78 0111001000 IC2 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
79 1111001000 IC3 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
80 0000101000 IC4 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
81 1000101000 IC5 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
82 0100101000 IC6 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
–145–
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 1
minute).
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
Remarks
LD6
LD7
83 1100101000 IC7 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
84 0010101000 IC8 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
85 1010101000 IC9 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
86 0110101000 IC10 Address/
Capacity Code
LD8
0 ~ 9999
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 1
minute).
87 1110101000 IC11 Address/
Capacity Code
88 0001101000 IC12 Address/
Capacity Code
89 1001101000 IC13 Address/
Capacity Code
90 0101101000 IC14 Address/
Capacity Code
91 1101101000 IC15 Address/
Capacity Code
92 0011101000 IC16 Address/
Capacity Code
93 1011101000 COMP Operation
Time,
Higher order 4 digits
0 ~ 9999
E*
↑
94 0111101000 Lower order 4
digits
95 1111101000 Outdoor Unit
Operation\Mode
Permissible Standby Defrost Cooling
Stop
96 0000011000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Cooling
Refrigerant
Recovery
97 1000011000 Relay Output
Display 1
Lighting Display
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater
ing
ON
Heating
Refrigerant
Recovery
Heating
Cooling Cooling Heating Heating
High Oil Low Oil High Oil Low Oil
Recovery Recovery Recovery Recovery
SV1
SV2
98 0100011000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
99 1100011000 TH2 Data
↑
100 0010011000 LD1 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
101 1010011000 LD2 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
102 0110011000 TH5 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
103 1110011000 TH6 Data
↑
104 0001011000 HPS Data
↑
105 1001011000 THHS Data
↑
106 010101100 TH7 Data
↑
107 1101011000 TH8 Data
↑
108 0011011000 TH9 Data✱
↑
109 1011011000 TH10 Data✱
↑
110 0111011000 LPS Data✱
↑
111 1111011000 α 0C✱
0 ~ 9.999
–146–
E
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
112 0000111000 α 0C*✱
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
0 ~ 9.999
113 1000111000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
114 0100111000 Te
↑
115 1100111000 Configuration
Correction Value
LD7
LD8
E
0 ~ 9999
116 0010111000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
117 1010111000 AK
↑
118 0110111000 SLEV
↑
119 1110111000 LEV1
↑
120 0001111000 DC Trunk Line
Current
121 1001111000 Outdoor Unit
Operation
Indicator
Remarks
LD6
-99.9 ~ 999.9
Warmup
mode
3-minute Restart Compres- Prelimi- Error
Protection mode sor
nary
Operating Error
122 0101111000
123 1101111000
124 0011111000
125 1011111000
126 0111111000
127 1111111000 Elapsed Time for
CS Circuit Closed
Detection
0 ~ 9999
128 0000000100 IC1 room
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
129 1000000100 IC2 room
Temperature
↑
130 0100000100 IC3 room
Temperature
↑
131 1100000100 IC4 room
Temperature
↑
132 0010000100 IC5 room
Temperature
↑
133 1010000100 IC6 room
Temperature
↑
134 0110000100 IC7 room
Temperature
↑
135 1110000100 IC8 room
Temperature
↑
136 0001000100 IC9 room
Temperature
↑
137 1001000100 IC10 room
Temperature
↑
138 0101000100 IC11 room
Temperature
↑
139 1101000100 IC12 room
Temperature
↑
–147–
Above 9999, 9999 is
displayed.
M
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
140 0011000100 IC13 room
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
141 1011000100 IC14 room
Temperature
↑
142 0111000100 IC15 room
Temperature
↑
143 1111000100 IC16 room
Temperature
↑
144 0000100100 IC1 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
145 1000100100 IC2 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
146 0100100100 IC3 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
147 1100100100 IC4 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
148 0010100100 IC5 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
149 1010100100 IC6 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
150 0110100100 IC7 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
151 1110100100 IC8 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
152 0001100100 IC9 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
153 1001100100 IC10 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
154 0101100100 IC11 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
155 1101100100 IC12 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
156 0011100100 IC13 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
157 1011100100 IC14 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
158 0111100100 IC15 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
159 1111100100 IC16 Liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
160 0000010100 IC1 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
161 1000010100 IC2 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
162 0100010100 IC3 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
163 1100010100 IC4 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
164 0010010100 IC5 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
165 1010010100 IC6 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
–148–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
166 0110010100 IC7 Gas Pipe
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
167 1110010100 IC8 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
168 0001010100 IC9 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
169 1001010100 IC10 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
170 0101010100 IC11 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
171 1101010100 IC12 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
172 0011010100 IC13 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
173 1011010100 IC14 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
174 0111010100 IC15 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
175 1111010100 IC16 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
176 0000110100 IC1 SH
↑
177 1000110100 IC2 SH
↑
178 0100110100 IC3 SH
↑
179 1100110100 IC4 SH
↑
180 0010110100 IC5 SH
↑
181 1010110100 IC6 SH
↑
182 0110110100 IC7 SH
↑
183 1110110100 IC8 SH
↑
184 0001110100 IC9 SH
↑
185 1001110100 IC10 SH
↑
186 0101110100 IC11 SH
↑
187 1101110100 IC12 SH
↑
188 0011110100 IC13 SH
↑
189 1011110100 IC14 SH
↑
190 0111110100 IC15 SH
↑
191 1111110100 IC16 SH
↑
192 0000001100 IC1 SC
↑
193 1000001100 IC2 SC
↑
194 0100001100 IC3 SC
↑
195 1100001100 IC4 SC
↑
196 0010001100 IC5 SC
↑
197 1010001100 IC6 SC
↑
198 0110001100 IC7 SC
↑
199 1110001100 IC8 SC
↑
–149–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
M
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
200 0001001100 IC9 SC
-99.9 ~ 999.9
201 1001001100 IC10 SC
↑
202 0101001100 IC11 SC
↑
203 1101001100 IC12 SC
↑
204 0011001100 IC13 SC
↑
205 1011001100 IC14 SC
↑
206 0111001100 IC15 SC
↑
207 1111001100 IC16 SC
↑
208 0000101100 IC1 LEV Opening
pulse
0 ~ 9999
209 1000101100 IC2 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
210 0100101100 IC3 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
211 1100101100 IC4 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
212 0010101100 IC5 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
213 1010101100 IC6 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
214 0110101100 IC7 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
215 1110101100 IC8 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
216 0001101100 IC9 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
217 1001101100 IC10 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
218 0101101100 IC11 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
219 1101101100 IC12 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
220 0011101100 IC13 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
221 1011101100 IC14 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
222 0111101100 IC15 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
223 1111101100 IC16 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
224 0000011100 IC1 Operation
Mode
225 1000011100 IC2 Operation
Mode
226 0100011100 IC3 Operation
Mode
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
M
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
227 1100011100 IC4 Operation
Mode
228 0010011100 IC5 Operation
Mode
–150–
for PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
229 10100111000 IC6 Operation
Mode
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
230 0110011100 IC7 Operation
Mode
231 11100111000 IC8 Operation
Mode
232 0001011100 IC9 Operation
Mode
233 1001011100 IC10 Operation
Mode
234 0101011100 IC11 Operation
Mode
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
235 1101011100 IC12 Operation
Mode
236 0011011100 IC13 Operation
Mode
237 1011011100 IC14 Operation
Mode
238 0111011100 IC15 Operation
Mode
239 1111011100 IC16 Operation
Mode
240 0000111100 IC1 Filter
0 ~ 9999
241 1000111100 IC2 Filter
↑
242 0100111100 IC3 Filter
↑
243 1100111100 IC4 Filter
↑
244 0010111100 IC5 Filter
↑
245 1010111100 IC6 Filter
↑
246 0110111100 IC7 Filter
↑
247 1110111100 IC8 Filter
↑
248 0001111100 IC9 Filter
↑
249 1001111100 IC10 Filter
↑
250 0101111100 IC11 Filter
↑
251 1101111100 IC12 Filter
↑
252 0011111100 IC13 Filter
↑
253 1011111100 IC14 Filter
↑
254 0111111100 IC15 Filter
↑
255 1111111100 IC16 Filter
↑
–151–
M
2 PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
E: E2 Contents stored in the E2PROM; M: Monitored by the IC through communications; E*: Stored in service memory.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
0 0000000000 Relay Output
Display 1 (Lights
up to display)
LD2
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater ON
ing
Check Display 1
OC Error
1 1000000000 Relay Output
Display 2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
SV1
SV2
Remarks
LD6
SV3
LD7
SV4
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
SV5
LD8
Lights for LD8 is a relay output indicator which
Normal
lights u at all times when the
Operation microcomputer’s power is ON.
When sending of a monitoring request to IC/BC is terminated, if there
is no error, “- - - -” is displayed. E*
SV6
2 0100000000 Check Display 2
(Including the IC)
E*
0 ~ 9999
Address and error code reversed
If there is no error,
“- - - -” is displayed. E*
0 ~ 9999
If no demand control, “- - -” displayed. {%} E*
3 1100000000
4 0010000000
5 1010000000 Communication
Demand capacity
6 0110000000 External Signal
(Signal being
input)
Demand
night
mode.
E*
7 1110000000 Outdoor Unit
BC
WarmOperation Display operating up
command mode
3 minutes
ComPrelimi- Error
restart
pressor nary
protection mode operating Error
E*
8 0001000000 Indoor Unit Check Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
9 1001000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No. 14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
10 0101000000 Indoor Unit
Operation Mode
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
11 1101000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No. 14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
12 0011000000 Indoor Unit
Thermostat ON
Unit
No. 1
Unit
No. 2
Unit
No. 3
Unit
No. 4
Unit
No. 5
Unit
No. 6
Unit
No. 7
Unit
No. 8
13 1011000000
Unit
No. 9
Unit
No. 10
Unit
No. 11
Unit
No. 12
Unit
No. 13
Unit
No. 14
Unit
No. 15
Unit
No. 16
14 0111000000 BC All Indoor Unit CoolCoolHeatHeatMixed
ing-only ing-only ing-only ing-only ON
Mode
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Mixed
OFF
Fan
OFF
Permis- Standby Defrost Cooling- Cooling- Heating- Heatingsible Stop
only
main
only
main
16 0000100000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Coolingonly
Refrigerant
Recovery
17 1000100000 Preliminary Error
in Outdoor Unit
High
Low
Discharge Overcurrent Heat Sink Overcurrent INV
Pressure Pressure Tempera- Protection Thermostat Break
Error
Error 1, 2 Error 1, 2 ture Error
Operating
18 0100100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
pressure Detection
temperaError
Error
ture Error
19 1100100000
TH1
Error
20 0010100000
TH7
Error
✱note
TH2
Error✱
Heatingonly
Refrigerant
Recovery
Heating
main
Refrigerant
Recovery
Coolingonly Oil
Recovery
LD1
Error
LD2
Error
TH5
Error
TH9
Error✱
TH10
Error✱
LPS
Error
: only PURY-P
–152–
Lights up during
cooling.
Blinks during heating.
Goes off during stop
and blower operation. M
Lights up when
thermostat is ON.
Goes off when
thermostat is OFF.
M
E*
15 1111000000 Outdoor Unit
Operation Mode
Coolingmain
Refrigerant
Recovery
Lights up if an abnormal stop
has occurred in the IC. The
indicator for Unit No. 1 goes off
when error reset is carried out
from the smallest address. M
Coolingmain Oil
Recovery
TH6
Error
Heatingonly Oil
Recovery
HPS
Error
Heatingmain Oil
Recovery
OverThe flag correspondcharged
ing to the item where
Refrigerant there is an error
delay lights up. E*
THHS
Error
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
Remarks
LD6
21 1010100000 Outdoor Unit
Preliminary Error
History
High
Low
Discharge Overcur- Heat Sink OvercurPressure Pressure Tempera- rent
Thermostat rent
Error 1, 2 Error
ture Error Protection Operation Break
22 0110100000
Suction Configuration Comp.
pressure Detection
temperaError
Error
ture Error
23 1110100000
TH1
Error
24 0001100000
TH7
Error
25 1001100000 Error History 1
26 0101100000 Inverter Error Detail
27 1101100000 Error History 2
28 0011100000 Inverter Error Detail
29 1011100000 Error History 3
30 0111100000 Inverter Error Detail
31 1111100000 Error History 4
32 0000010000 Inverter Error Detail
33 1000010000 Error History 5
34 0100010000 Inverter Error Detail
35 1100010000 Error History 6
36 0010010000 Inverter Error Detail
37 1010010000 Error History 7
38 0110010000 Inverter Error Detail
39 1110010000 Error History 8
40 0001010000 Inverter Error Detail
41 1001010000 Error History 9
42 0101010000 Inverter Error Detail
43 1101010000 Error History 10
TH2
Error✱
LD1
Error
LD2
Error
TH9
Error✱
TH10
Error✱
TH5
Error
TH6
Error
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
LD7
HPS
Error
LD8
OverLights up if an error
charged
delay has occurred
Refrigerant between the time the
power was turned on
and the present time.
To turn the indicators
off, switch the power
OFF briefly.
THHS
E*
Error
The error and error
delay code are
displayed. If the
address and error
code are shown in
reverse, or there is
no error, “- - - -” is
displayed. E
If there is no error, “- - -” is displayed. E
E
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
0 ~ 9999
44 0011010000 Inverter Error Detail
Inverter Error Detail (1 ~ 13)
45 1011010000 Type of Inverter Error
Preliminary (Details
of the inverter error in
No. 17)
0 ~ 9999
If there is no error,
“- - - - “ is always
overwritten.
E*
46 0111010000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
47 1111010000 TH2 Data✱
↑
48 0000110000 LD1 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
49 1000110000 LD2 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
50 0100110000 TH5 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
51 1100110000 TH6 Data
↑
–153–
E*
No. 52 THHS
data are
monitored by
the inverter
microcomputer.
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
52 0010110000 THHS Data
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
-99.9 ~ 999.9
53 1010110000 HPS Data
↑
54 0110110000 TH7 Data
↑
E*
55 1110110000
56 0001110000 TH9 Data✱
-99.9 ~ 999.9
57 1001110000 TH10 Data✱
↑
58 0101110000 LPS Data
↑
59 1101110000 α OC✱
0 ~ 9.999
60 0011110000 α OC*✱
↑
61 1011110000 Accumulator Level 1 and 2 below are displayed alternately at every 5 seconds.
α OC*
1 Accumulator Level: 0~9 (“AL=” is also displayed), 2 α OC*: 0~9.999
∆ Hz
0
∆ Hz
+
62 0111110000 HzAK Increase/
Decrease
∆ Hz
–
63 1111110000 Difference from
Target Tc
(Tcm-Tc)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
64 0000001000 Difference from
Target Te
(Tem-Te)
Low
Low
-3 deg. -3 ~ -2
or lower deg.
Low
-2 ~ -1
deg.
∆ AK
–
∆ AK
0
∆ AK
+
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
Stable Region
High
1~2
deg.
High
2~3
deg.
High
3 deg or
higher
–
–
65 1000001000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
66 0100001000 Te
↑
67 1100001000 Tcm
↑
68 0010001000 Tem
↑
69 1010001000 Comp Frequency
0 ~ 9999
Control Frequency E*
70 0110001000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
Frequency actually output from the inverter. E*
71 1110001000 AK
↑
E*
72 0001001000 SLEV
↑
73 1001001000 BC Address
↑
74 0101001000 FANCON Output
Value (Toff%)
↑
Displays the FANCON
output value used for
control. E*
75 1101001000 INV Output
Current (IAC)
-99.9 ~ 999.9
(M) Monitored by the
inverter’s microcomputer.
76 0011001000 OC Address
0 ~ 9999
77 1011001000 IC1 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
78 0111001000 IC2 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
79 1111001000 IC3 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
80 0000101000 IC4 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
81 1000101000 IC5 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
82 0100101000 IC6 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
–154–
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 1
minute).
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
LD7
83 1100101000 IC7 Address/
Capacity Code
0 ~ 99
0 ~ 99
84 0010101000 IC8 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
85 1010101000 IC9 Address/
Capacity Code
↑
↑
86 0110101000 IC10 Address/
Capacity Code
LD8
E
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 5
seconds).
0 ~ 9999
87 1110101000 IC11 Address/
Capacity Code
88 0001101000 IC12 Address/
Capacity Code
89 1001101000 IC13 Address/
Capacity Code
90 0101101000 IC14 Address/
Capacity Code
91 1101101000 IC15 Address/
Capacity Code
92 0011101000 IC16 Address/
Capacity Code
93 1011101000 COMP Operation
Time,
Higher order 4 digits
0 ~ 9999
E*
↑
94 0111101000 Lower order 4
digits
95 1111101000 Outdoor Unit
Operation\Mode
Permissible Standby Defrost Cooling- Cooling- Heating- HeatingStop
only
main
only
main
96 0000011000 Outdoor Unit
Control Mode
Cooling-only Cooling-main Heating-only Heating-main CoolingRefrigerant Refrigerant Refrigerant Refrigerant only Oil
Recovery
Recovery
Recovery
Recovery
Recovery
Coolingmain Oil
Recovery
Heatingonly Oil
Recovery
97 1000011000 Relay Output
Display 1
Lighting Display
COMP Crankcase 21S4
Operat- Heater ON
ing
SV3
SV4
SV1
SV2
98 0100011000 TH1 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
99 1100011000 TH2 Data✱
↑
100 0010011000 LD1 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
101 1010011000 LD2 Data
0 : OFF 1 : ON 2 : OPEN
102 0110011000 TH5 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
103 1110011000 TH6 Data
↑
104 0001011000 HPS Data
↑
105 1001011000 THHS Data
↑
106 010101100 TH7 Data
↑
107 1101011000
108 0011011000 TH9 Data✱
-99.9 ~ 999.9
109 1011011000 TH10 Data✱
↑
110 0111011000 LPS Data
↑
111 1111011000 α OC✱
0 ~ 9.999
–155–
E
Heatingmain Oil
Recovery
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
When there is an error stop with No95-121,the data on error stops or the data immediately before the error postponement stop, which is stored in service memory, are displayed.
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
Display
LD4
LD5
LD3
112 0000111000 α OC*✱
LD7
LD8
E
0 ~ 9.999
113 1000111000 Tc
-99.9 ~ 999.9
114 0100111000 Te
↑
115 1100111000 Configuration
Correction Value
0 ~ 9999
116 0010111000 INV Output
Frequency
↑
117 1010111000 AK
↑
118 0110111000 SLEV
↑
119 1110111000 Relay out put
Display2
lighting Display
Remarks
LD6
SV5
SV6
SSR
120 0001111000 DC Trunk Line
Current
-99.9 ~ 999.9
121 1001111000 Outdoor Unit
WarmBC
Operation Display operating up
command mode
122 0101111000 BC All Indoor Unit CoolingMode
only ON
3-minute Re- Compres- Prelimi- Error
start protection sor
nary
mode
Operating Error
Cooling- Heatingonly OFF only ON
Heating- Mixed
only OFF ON
Mixed
OFF
Fan
Stop
123 1101111000
124 0011111000
125 1011111000
126 0111111000
127 1111111000 Elapsed Time for
CS Circuit Closed
Detection
0 ~ 9999
128 0000000100 BC TH 11 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
129 1000000100 IBC TH 12 Data
↑
130 0100000100 BC TH 13 Data
↑
131 1100000100 BC TH 14 Data
↑
132 0010000100 BC TH 15 Data
↑
133 1010000100 BC TH 16 Data
↑
134 0110000100 BC P1 Data
↑
135 1110000100 BC P3 Data
↑
136 0001000100 BC SC 11 Data
↑
137 1001000100 BC SH 12 Data
↑
138 0101000100 BC SH 13 Data
↑
139 1101000100 BC SC 16 Data
↑
–156–
Above 9999, 9999 is
displayed.
M
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
140 0011000100 BC LEV 12 Data
-99.9 ~ 999.9
141 1011000100 BC LEV 3 Data
↑
142 0111000100 BC LEV 4 Data
↑
143 1111000100
↑
144 0000100100 IC1 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
145 1000100100 IC2 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
146 0100100100 IC3 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
147 1100100100 IC4 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
148 0010100100 IC5 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
149 1010100100 IC6 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
150 0110100100 IC7 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
151 1110100100 IC8 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
152 0001100100 IC9 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
153 1001100100 IC10 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
154 0101100100 IC11 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
155 1101100100 IC12 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
156 0011100100 IC13 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
157 1011100100 IC14 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
158 0111100100 IC15 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
159 1111100100 IC16 liquid Pipe
Temperature
↑
160 0000010100 IC1 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
161 1000010100 IC2 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
162 0100010100 IC3 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
163 1100010100 IC4 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
164 0010010100 IC5 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
165 1010010100 IC6 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
–157–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
166 0110010100 IC7 Gas Pipe
Temperature
-99.9 ~ 999.9
167 1110010100 IC8 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
168 0001010100 IC9 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
169 1001010100 IC10 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
170 0101010100 IC11 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
171 1101010100 IC12 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
172 0011010100 IC13 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
173 1011010100 IC14 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
174 0111010100 IC15 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
175 1111010100 IC16 Gas Pipe
Temperature
↑
176 0000110100 IC1 SH
↑
177 1000110100 IC2 SH
↑
178 0100110100 IC3 SH
↑
179 1100110100 IC4 SH
↑
180 0010110100 IC5 SH
↑
181 1010110100 IC6 SH
↑
182 0110110100 IC7 SH
↑
183 1110110100 IC8 SH
↑
184 0001110100 IC9 SH
↑
185 1001110100 IC10 SH
↑
186 0101110100 IC11 SH
↑
187 1101110100 IC12 SH
↑
188 0011110100 IC13 SH
↑
189 1011110100 IC14 SH
↑
190 0111110100 IC15 SH
↑
191 1111110100 IC16 SH
↑
192 0000001100 IC1 SC
↑
193 1000001100 IC2 SC
↑
194 0100001100 IC3 SC
↑
195 1100001100 IC4 SC
↑
196 0010001100 IC5 SC
↑
197 1010001100 IC6 SC
↑
198 0110001100 IC7 SC
↑
199 1110001100 IC8 SC
↑
–158–
Remarks
LD6
LD7
LD8
M
M
M
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
200 0001001100 IC9 SC
-99.9 ~ 999.9
201 1001001100 IC10 SC
↑
202 0101001100 IC11 SC
↑
203 1101001100 IC12 SC
↑
204 0011001100 IC13 SC
↑
205 1011001100 IC14 SC
↑
206 0111001100 IC15 SC
↑
207 1111001100 IC16 SC
↑
208 0000101100 IC1 LEV Opening
pulse
0 ~ 9999
209 1000101100 IC2 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
210 0100101100 IC3 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
211 1100101100 IC4 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
212 0010101100 IC5 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
213 1010101100 IC6 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
214 0110101100 IC7 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
215 1110101100 IC8 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
216 0001101100 IC9 LEV Opening
pulse
↑
217 1001101100 IC10 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
218 0101101100 IC11 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
219 1101101100 IC12 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
220 0011101100 IC13 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
221 1011101100 IC14 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
222 0111101100 IC15 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
223 1111101100 IC16 LEV
Opening pulse
↑
Remarks
LD6
LD7
M
M
224 0000011100 IC1 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
225 1000011100 IC2 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
226 0100011100 IC3 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
LD8
M
0 ~ 99
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
227 1100011100 IC4 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
228 0010011100 IC5 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
–159–
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 5
seconds).
for PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C
No
SW1
12345678910
Item
LD1
LD2
LD3
Display
LD4
LD5
Remarks
LD6
LD7
229 10100111000 IC6 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
M
On the left
(LD1~LD4), the IC
address, and on the
right (LD5~LD8), the
capacity code is
displayed (displayed
alternately every 5
seconds).
230 0110011100 IC7 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
231 11100111000 IC8 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
232 0001011100 IC9 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
233 1001011100 IC10 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
234 0101011100 IC11 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
LD8
0: Stop
1: Fan
2: Cooling
3: Heating
4: Dry
0 ~ 99
235 1101011100 IC12 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
236 0011011100 IC13 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
237 1011011100 IC14 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
238 0111011100 IC15 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
239 1111011100 IC16 Operation Mode/
Branch Number
240 0000111100 IC1 Filter
0 ~ 9999
241 1000111100 IC2 Filter
↑
242 0100111100 IC3 Filter
↑
243 1100111100 IC4 Filter
↑
244 0010111100 IC5 Filter
↑
245 1010111100 IC6 Filter
↑
246 0110111100 IC7 Filter
↑
247 1110111100 IC8 Filter
↑
248 0001111100 IC9 Filter
↑
249 1001111100 IC10 Filter
↑
250 0101111100 IC11 Filter
↑
251 1101111100 IC12 Filter
↑
252 0011111100 IC13 Filter
↑
253 1011111100 IC14 Filter
↑
254 0111111100 IC15 Filter
↑
255 1111111100 IC16 Filter
↑
–160–
M
8 PREPARATION, REPAIRS AND REFRIGERANT REFILLING WHEN REPAIRING
LEAKS
[1] Location of leaks: Extension piping or indoor units (when cooling)
<PU(H)Y-(P)200·250YMF-C>
1 Connect a pressure gauge to the low-pressure servicing check joint CJ2.
2 Test run all indoor units in cooling mode.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 OFF → ON to test run all indoor
units.
2. Change the remote controller settings so that all indoor units run in cooling mode.
3. Check that all indoor units are running in cooling mode.
3 Perform a pump down operation.
1. Close the liquid ball valve (BV2) on the outdoor unit to begin the pump down.
4 When the pressure gauge on the low-pressure servicing check joint CJ2 reads 2 kg/cm2G (0.20MPa), stop all
indoor units and the compressor.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 ON → OFF to stop all indoor units
and the compressor.
2. Check that all indoor units have been stopped.
5 Close the gas ball valve (BV1) on the outdoor unit.
6 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the extension piping or the indoor units.
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
7 Repair the leak point.
8 After the leak point is repaired, extract all air from the extension piping and the indoor units to create a vacuum.
9 Open both ball valves (BV1 and BV2) on the outdoor unit, then adjust the refrigerant amount and verify that the
refrigerant is circulating properly.
<PURY-(P)200·250YMF-C> (Pump down operation)
1 Attach a pressure gage to the low-pressure servicing check joint (CJ2).
2 Stop all of the indoor units. When the compressor has stopped, shut off the liquid ball valve (BV2) for the outdoor
unit.
3 Stop all of the indoor units. When the compressor has stopped, turn the SW3-6 switch on the main board for the
outdoor unit to ON. (This will start the pump down operation causing all of the indoor units to enter the cooling
mode.)
4 While in the pump down operation (SW3-6 ON), the low pressure (LPS) will reach below at least 2 kg/cm2G
(0.20 MPa) or the indoor unit and the compressor will automatically shut down within 15 minutes of starting the
pump down operation. Shut down all of the indoor units and the compressor if the pressure gage for the lowpressure servicing joint (CJ2) reads 1.5 kg/cm2G (0.15 MPa) or after running the pump down operation for 20
minutes.
5 Shut off the gas ball valve (BV1) for the outdoor unit.
6 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the extension piping and the indoor units.
Be sure to recover the refrigerant without releasing it into the air.
7 Repair the location of the leak.
8 After repairing the leak, create a vacuum to remove any air from inside of the extension piping or the indoor
units.
9 Open the ball valves for the outdoor unit (BV1 and BV2), turn the SW3-6 switch to OFF, adjust refrigerant levels
and confirm proper circulation.
[2] Location of leaks: Outdoor unit (Cooling mode)
1 Test run all indoor units in cooling mode.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 OFF → ON to test run all indoor
units.
2. Change the remote controller settings so that all indoor units run in cooling mode.
3. Check that all indoor units are running in cooling mode.
–161–
2-1
Check the Tc and TH7 data (PUHY-P200·250YMF-C).
(The self-diagnosis switch (SW1) on the MAIIN board of the outdoor unit can be used to display this data on
the LED.)
1. If Tc – TH7 is 10 degrees or more ........... Continue to step 3.
2. If Tc – TH7 is less than 10 degrees ......... After stopping the compressor, remove any refrigerant, repair the
leak point, then extract the air to create a vacuum and refill with
new refrigerant (same procedure as 4. Location of leaks: Outdoor
unit (when heating)).
[Tc self-diagnosis switch]
[TH7 self-diagnosis switch]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
2-2
Check the Tc and SC16 data. (PURY-P200·250YMF-C)
(The LED monitor switch (SW1) on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit can be used to display this data on
the LED.)
1. If SC16 is 10 degrees or more ................. Continue to step 3.
2. If SC16 is less than 10 degrees ............... After stopping the compressor, remove any refrigerant, repair the
leak point, then extract the air to create a vacuum and refill with
new refrigerant (same procedure as 4. Location of leaks: Outdoor
unit (when heating)).
[Tc LED monitor switch]
[SC16 LED monitor switch]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
ON
3 Stop all indoor units and the compressor.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 ON → OFF to stop all indoor units and
the compressor.
2. Check that all indoor units have been stopped.
4 Close both ball valves (BV1 and BV2).
5 Remove a small amount of refrigerant from the liquid ball valve (BV2) check joint. If this operation is not performed,
remaining refrigerant may cause the unit to malfunction.
6 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the outdoor unit.
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
7 Repair the leak point.
8 After the leak point is repaired, change the dryer and extract all of the air from the outdoor unit to create a vacuum.
9 Open both ball valves (BV1 and BV2) on the outdoor unit, then adjust the refrigerant amount and verify that the
refrigerant is circulating properly.
[3] Location of leaks: Extension piping or indoor units (Heating mode)
1 Test run all indoor units in heating mode.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 OFF → ON to test run all indoor
units.
2. Change the remote controller settings so that all indoor units run in heating mode.
3. Check that all indoor units are running in heating mode.
2 Stop all indoor units and the compressor.
1. With SW3-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit set to ON and SW3-2 ON → OFF to stop all indoor units
and the compressor.
2. Check that all indoor units have been stopped.
3 Close both ball valves (BV1 and BV2).
4 Remove any refrigerant remaining in the extension piping or the indoor units.
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
5 Repair the leaks.
6 After the leaks are repaired, extract all air from the extension piping and the indoor units to create a vacuum.
Then, open both ball valves (BV1 and BV2), then adjust the refrigerant amount and verify that the refrigerant is
circulating properly.
–162–
[4] Location of leaks: Outdoor unit (when heating)
1 Remove any refrigerant from the entire system (outdoor unit, extension piping and indoor units).
Reclaim the refrigerant; do not discharge it into the air.
2 Repair the leaks.
3 After the leaks are repaired, replace the dryer with a new one and extract all of the air from the entire system to
create a vacuum. Then, refill with refrigerant until it reaches the calculated specification (outdoor unit + extension
piping + indoor units). Refer to “Chapter 6” for more details.
–163–
9 CHECK THE COMPOSITION OF THE REFRIGERANT (PURY-P200·250YMF-C only)
YES
NO
Start
Test run all indoor units.
Are all units operating
stably? (Note 1)
NO
YES
Is the refrigerant
composition of αOC
correct? (Note 2)
NO
YES
Finished checking the
composition.
Check TH2, TH9, LPS and the CS
circuit block and correct any malfunctions. (Note 3)
Is the
refrigerant composition of αOC correct?
(Note 2)
NO
YES
Finished checking the
composition.
Check that
R407 is correctly
charged.
(Note 4)
NO
YES
Calibrate the refrigerant composition
of αOC. (Note 6)
Finished checking the
composition.
–164–
Recharge the refrigerant.
(Note 5)
Note 1 Wait until the units stabilize as described in the refrigerant amount adjustment procedure in “Chapter 6”.
Note 2 After the units are operating stably, check that the refrigerant composition of αOC is within the following
ranges, indicating that the composition check is finished.
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 0 when cooling:
αOC = 0.20 ~ 0.26
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 1 when cooling:
αOC = 0.23 ~ 0.34
When heating:
αOC = 0.25 ~ 0.34
(The self-diagnosis switch (SW1) on the main board of the outdoor unit can be used to display this data on
the LED.)
[αOC self-diagnosis switch]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
Note 3 TH2 and TH9:
Check and make any corrections using the same method as that for a faulty temperature
sensor, (refer to TROUBLESHOOTING).
LPS:
Check and make any corrections using the same method as that for a faulty low pressure
sensor, (refer to TROUBLESHOOTING).
CS circuit block: Set the self-diagnosis switch on the outdoor MAIN board as shown below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ON
• Check and make any corrections so that “0” is displayed.
• If any number other than 0 is displayed and TH2, TH9 or LPS are malfunctioning, correct them, then set
SW2-9 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit from OFF to ON.
• If any number other than 0 is displayed and TH2, TH9 or LPS are not malfunctioning, replace the CS
circuit if refrigerant is not flowing through it (while operating) and set SW2-9 on the MAIN board of the
outdoor unit from OFF to ON.
Note 4 If it can be verified that R407C was correctly charged in the liquid phase, continue to Yes. If there is a
possibility that it was not charged correctly, such as with a gas charger, continue to No.
Note 5 After reclaiming the system’s refrigerant, extract the air to create a vacuum, then refill with new refrigerant.
Be sure to charge in the liquid phase. In addition, be sure to change the dryer.
Note 6 After the units are operating stably, check that the refrigerant composition of αOC is within the following
ranges, indicating that the circulation check is finished.
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 0 when cooling:
αOC = 0.21 ~ 0.25
If the accumulator liquid level AL = 1 when cooling:
αOC = 0.24 ~ 0.28
When heating:
αOC = 0.27 ~ 0.31
If the refrigerant composition of αOC is not within the ranges specified above, a large error has been
detected. Refer to section 1-3 in Chapter 6, then after setting SW4-1 on the MAIN board of the outdoor unit
to ON, calibrate the refrigerant circulation constant αOC with SW4-2 until it is within the ranges specified
above.
After calibrating, keep the SW4-1 ON and finish the circulation check.
<Example calibration of the refrigerant circulation constant αOC>
Conditions: If the accumulator liquid level AL = 0 and αOC = 0.29 when cooling, αOC must be adjusted so
that it is between 0.21 and 0.25.
By switching SW4-2 between ON and OFF, adjustments can be made in the following order:
0 → 3% → 6% → 9% → 12% → -6% → -3% → 0
For this example, by making an adjustment of -0.06 (-6%), αOC can be adjusted to 0.23.
1. If SW4-2 is already set to OFF, change the switch 5 times.
OFF (0.29) → ON (0.32) → OFF (0.35) → ON (0.38) → OFF (0.41) → ON (0.23)
2. If SW4-2 is already set to ON, change the switch 5 times.
ON (0.29) → OFF (0.32) → ON (0.35) → OFF (0.38) → ON (0.41) → OFF (0.23)
–165–
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement